WO2021000800A1 - Reasoning method for road drivable region and device - Google Patents

Reasoning method for road drivable region and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021000800A1
WO2021000800A1 PCT/CN2020/098642 CN2020098642W WO2021000800A1 WO 2021000800 A1 WO2021000800 A1 WO 2021000800A1 CN 2020098642 W CN2020098642 W CN 2020098642W WO 2021000800 A1 WO2021000800 A1 WO 2021000800A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
vehicle
area
grid
drivable
driving
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/098642
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
陈名扬
要志良
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021000800A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021000800A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course or altitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles, e.g. automatic pilot
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0231Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using optical position detecting means
    • G05D1/0238Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using optical position detecting means using obstacle or wall sensors
    • G05D1/024Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using optical position detecting means using obstacle or wall sensors in combination with a laser
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01CMEASURING DISTANCES, LEVELS OR BEARINGS; SURVEYING; NAVIGATION; GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS; PHOTOGRAMMETRY OR VIDEOGRAMMETRY
    • G01C21/00Navigation; Navigational instruments not provided for in groups G01C1/00 - G01C19/00
    • G01C21/26Navigation; Navigational instruments not provided for in groups G01C1/00 - G01C19/00 specially adapted for navigation in a road network
    • G01C21/34Route searching; Route guidance
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course or altitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles, e.g. automatic pilot
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course or altitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles, e.g. automatic pilot
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0212Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles with means for defining a desired trajectory
    • G05D1/0214Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles with means for defining a desired trajectory in accordance with safety or protection criteria, e.g. avoiding hazardous areas
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course or altitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles, e.g. automatic pilot
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0212Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles with means for defining a desired trajectory
    • G05D1/0221Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles with means for defining a desired trajectory involving a learning process
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course or altitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles, e.g. automatic pilot
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0212Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles with means for defining a desired trajectory
    • G05D1/0223Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles with means for defining a desired trajectory involving speed control of the vehicle
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course or altitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles, e.g. automatic pilot
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0231Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using optical position detecting means
    • G05D1/0242Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using optical position detecting means using non-visible light signals, e.g. IR or UV signals
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course or altitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles, e.g. automatic pilot
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0231Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using optical position detecting means
    • G05D1/0246Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using optical position detecting means using a video camera in combination with image processing means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course or altitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles, e.g. automatic pilot
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0257Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using a radar
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course or altitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles, e.g. automatic pilot
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0276Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using signals provided by a source external to the vehicle
    • G05D1/0278Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using signals provided by a source external to the vehicle using satellite positioning signals, e.g. GPS
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course or altitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles, e.g. automatic pilot
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0276Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using signals provided by a source external to the vehicle
    • G05D1/028Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using signals provided by a source external to the vehicle using a RF signal
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course or altitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles, e.g. automatic pilot
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0276Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using signals provided by a source external to the vehicle
    • G05D1/0285Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using signals provided by a source external to the vehicle using signals transmitted via a public communication network, e.g. GSM network
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F18/00Pattern recognition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V10/00Arrangements for image or video recognition or understanding
    • G06V10/20Image preprocessing
    • G06V10/24Aligning, centring, orientation detection or correction of the image

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of equipment artificial intelligence, and in particular to a method and device for reasoning on road traversable areas in intelligent auxiliary driving or automatic driving technology.
  • Artificial Intelligence is a theory, method, technology and application system that uses digital computers or machines controlled by digital computers to simulate, extend and expand human intelligence, perceive the environment, acquire knowledge, and use knowledge to obtain the best results.
  • artificial intelligence is a branch of computer science that attempts to understand the essence of intelligence and produce a new kind of intelligent machine that can react in a similar way to human intelligence.
  • Artificial intelligence is to study the design principles and implementation methods of various intelligent machines, so that the machines have the functions of perception, reasoning and decision-making.
  • Research in the field of artificial intelligence includes robotics, natural language processing, computer vision, decision-making and reasoning, human-computer interaction, recommendation and search, and basic AI theories.
  • Autonomous driving is a mainstream application in the field of artificial intelligence.
  • Autonomous driving technology relies on the collaboration of computer vision, radar, monitoring devices, and global positioning systems to allow motor vehicles to achieve autonomous driving without the need for human active operations.
  • Self-driving vehicles use various computing systems to help transport passengers from one location to another. Some autonomous vehicles may require some initial input or continuous input from an operator (such as a navigator, driver, or passenger). The self-driving vehicle allows the operator to switch from the manual mode to the self-driving mode or a mode in between. Since autonomous driving technology does not require humans to drive motor vehicles, it can theoretically effectively avoid human driving errors, reduce traffic accidents, and improve highway transportation efficiency. Therefore, autonomous driving technology has received more and more attention.
  • road-driving area perception, driving route decision planning, and control are indispensable core key technologies.
  • the decision-making and planning of the driving route is realized based on the perception result of the drivable area of the road. Therefore, the perception result of the drivable area of the road directly affects the performance of the automatic driving system.
  • the mainstream solution in the industry is to perceive the drivable area of the road based on the visual detection image of the camera and the point cloud measurement of the lidar.
  • Camera vision detection images combined with machine learning algorithms are suitable for the extraction of road features such as lane lines and turning arrows.
  • the lidar three-dimensional measurement point cloud is suitable for the extraction of positive and negative obstacles on the edge of the road and on the road surface.
  • sensors such as cameras and lidars are easily affected by the environment, and lighting conditions and extreme weather will affect the accuracy of the road-driving area perception results.
  • the occlusion caused by surrounding vehicles will also affect the accuracy of the perception of the road's drivable area, and the current lidar is expensive and is not a standard configuration for all mass-produced models. Therefore, the perception result of the drivable area of the road is uncertain and cannot reach 100% reliability, which will lead to short-term abnormalities or even long-term failure when the vehicle is driving in the automatic driving mode.
  • the autonomous driving system which is based entirely on the road-driving area perception results for driving route decision planning and control, cannot cope with scenarios where the drivable area perception results are abnormal.
  • the abnormality of the perception result of the drivable area of the road will directly lead to abnormal driving route planning decisions and control, and then affect the safety of autonomous driving.
  • some automatic driving systems will automatically stop or remind the driver to take over driving.
  • the safety of the autopilot system is improved, but the usability of the autopilot system is strongly dependent on the perception ability, and the autopilot function is unavailable when the perception result of the drivable area of the road is abnormal, and the user experience is affected.
  • the uncertainty of the perception results of the drivable area of the road directly affects the safety, system availability and user experience of the autonomous driving system.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a road drivable area reasoning method and device. Using the embodiment of the present invention is beneficial to obtain an accurate road drivable area when the road drivable area perception result is abnormal, thereby improving the safety and security of the automatic driving system. System availability and user experience.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a road drivable area reasoning method, including:
  • the perceived drivable area perform verification on the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is the drivable area with reliable verification and the second area is the drivable area with unreliable verification Area; if the first area does not cover the area of interest ROI, the second area is inferred based on the perceptual memory information of the drivable area to obtain the third area and the fourth area, the third area is the perceptual memory area overlapping the second area
  • the fourth area is the area not covered by the sensory memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the fourth area is inferred based on the driving position point to obtain the fifth area;
  • the fifth area is a drivable area in the fourth area; the first area, the third area and the fifth area are determined as road drivable areas.
  • an accurate road drivable area By verifying and inferring the perceived drivable area, an accurate road drivable area can be obtained.
  • route planning is based on the accurate road drivable area, collisions with obstacles and surrounding vehicles can be avoided, thereby improving the performance of the autonomous driving system. Security, system availability and user experience.
  • verifying the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area includes:
  • condition 1 to condition 4 are:
  • w i is the width of the sub-area I, and W is determined according to the experience width of the drivable area and the memory width of the drivable area;
  • Condition 2 The angle between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the adjacent sub-region is not greater than the first preset angle
  • Condition 3 The distance between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than the preset width
  • Condition 4 The ratio of the drivable position points in the subregion I is greater than the preset ratio.
  • the perceptual memory area When verifying the perceived drivable area, not only the perceptual memory area is taken into account, but also road common sense information, such as the detection of boundary integrity, width, and boundary angles of adjacent areas, to improve the ultimate road drivability.
  • the accuracy of the area can avoid collisions with obstacles and surrounding vehicles when planning routes based on accurate road drivable areas, thereby improving the safety, system availability and user experience of the automatic driving system.
  • the perceptual memory information includes perceptual memory grid maps at multiple historical moments and the drivability value of each grid in each perceptual memory grid map, and the second area is performed according to the perceptual memory information.
  • Reasoning to get the third area and the fourth area including:
  • the driving ability value calculates the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area and the fourth area are determined according to the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area It is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is greater than the first threshold; the fourth area is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is not greater than the first threshold.
  • the driving area in the second area is obtained by reasoning on the second area through the perceptual memory grid map, which realizes that the reasoning of the driving area can be continued when the driving area is abnormal, and the perception of the automatic driving system is reduced.
  • the dependence of the driving area increases the fault tolerance of the automatic driving system to the real-time senseable driving area, and improves the reliability and safety of the automatic driving system.
  • the perceptual memory grid maps of multiple historical moments are respectively transformed from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps, including:
  • the perceptual memory grid maps of multiple historical moments are respectively converted from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps;
  • the first conversion formula is: Among them, (x vt0 ,y vt0 ) are the coordinates of any drivable location point P in the perception memory grid map at historical time t0 in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, and (x wt0 ,y wt0 ) is the drivable location point
  • First conversion matrix (x t0 , y t0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at historical time t0 in the world standard system, and ⁇ t0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at historical time t0.
  • converting the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map includes:
  • the second conversion formula is: (x wp ,y wp ) is the coordinates of any travelable position point P'in the inference area in the world coordinate system, (x vp ,y vp ) is the vehicle coordinate system of the self-vehicle at the current moment The coordinates below, Is the second conversion matrix;
  • Second conversion matrix (x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and ⁇ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
  • calculating the drivability value of each grid in the first inference grid map according to the drivability value of each grid in the perceptual memory grid map includes:
  • the drivability value of multiple historical moments is the drivability value of the corresponding grid in the perceptual memory grid map of the grid of the p-th column and the q-th row at multiple historical moments;
  • the drivability value of the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map is:
  • k' t ' is the weight of.
  • the drivable area can be determined using the grid as the basic unit, which improves the accuracy of the drivable area, and further improves the reliability and safety of the automatic driving system.
  • the fourth area is inferred based on the drivable location point to obtain the fifth area, including:
  • the location point to be inferred from the driveable location point, which is the driveable location point located in the area where the fourth area overlaps the ROI; convert the coordinates of the location to be inferred from the world coordinate system to that of the vehicle Under the vehicle coordinate system, in order to obtain the driving area to be inferred, the driving area to be inferred is the area formed by the inferred position points in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle; grid division is performed on the driving area to be inferred to obtain the second Inference grid map; calculate the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map; determine the fifth area according to the drivability value of each grid, The fifth area is an area composed of grids with a drivability value greater than the second threshold in the second inference grid map.
  • the fourth area can be reasoned through the drivable location points, and the driving route decision planning can be made according to the drivable area obtained by reasoning, which avoids the actual effect of the automatic driving system.
  • the scope of use of the automatic driving system is increased, and the dependence of the automatic driving system on real-time sensing of the drivable area information is reduced, thereby increasing the fault tolerance of the automatic driving system to the real-time sensing of the drivable area information.
  • transforming the coordinates of the location point to be inferred from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle to obtain the travelable area to be inferred includes:
  • the third conversion formula is: Among them, (x dw , y dw ) is the coordinate of any inferred position point D in the world coordinate system of the inferred position points, (x dv , y dv ) is the coordinate system of the inferred position D in the own vehicle The coordinates below, Is the second conversion matrix,
  • Second conversion matrix (x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and ⁇ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
  • calculating the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map includes:
  • the drivability values at different moments are calculated according to the drivable position point information in the i-th column and j-th row grid in the second inference grid map; the drivability values at different times are weighted and summed to obtain the first The drivability value of the grid in column i and row j;
  • the drivability value of the grid in the i-th column and the j-th row is Is the drivability value at time t, k t is the weight of,
  • the drivable area can be determined using the grid as the basic unit, which improves the accuracy of the drivable area, and further improves the reliability and safety of the automatic driving system.
  • the drivability value of the safe driving position is increased, and the drivability value of the dangerous driving position is reduced, which can increase The accuracy of the determined drivable area, and then the automatic driving system has the characteristics of "the more open the better".
  • the drivable position point includes the drivable position point of the self-vehicle.
  • the method further includes:
  • the driving position points of the own vehicle include safe driving position points and driving risk position points; among them, obtaining the driving position points of the own vehicle includes: judging whether the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual Driving mode; if the driving mode of the own car at its current position is manual driving mode, the current position of the own car is determined to be a safe driving position; if the driving mode of the own car at its current position is automatic driving mode, it is determined Whether the vehicle has a collision risk or abnormal driving behavior at its current location; if it is determined that the vehicle has no risk of collision and no abnormal driving behavior at its current location, the current position of the vehicle is determined to be a safe driving position; if the vehicle is determined If there is a risk of collision or abnormal driving behavior at its current position, the current position of the vehicle is determined to be a dangerous driving position.
  • the driveable area can be inferred based on the self-vehicle's drivable location point, and then travel route planning based on the drivable area is avoided.
  • the failure of the automatic driving system has improved the application range of the automatic driving system and the reliability of the system.
  • judging whether the vehicle has a collision risk at its current position includes:
  • the intersection mode risk judgment method is used to determine whether the own vehicle has a collision at its current position Risk: If the included angle ⁇ is not greater than the second preset angle, the rear-end collision mode risk judgment method is used to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at its current position.
  • intersection mode risk discrimination method is used to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at the current position, including:
  • the first time is the time required for the vehicle to travel from its current position to the potential collision point
  • the second time is the time required for the vehicle E to travel from its current position to the potential collision point
  • formula 1 and Formula 2 it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision at its current position
  • formula 2 it is determined that the vehicle has no risk of collision at its current position
  • formula 1 is:
  • formula 2 is: TTX 1 is the first time, TTX 2 is the second time, ⁇ is the preset threshold, and R 0 is the risk threshold.
  • adopting a rear-end collision mode risk discrimination method to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at the current position includes:
  • the formula 3 is:
  • the formula 4 is: a and b are constants, R 0 is the risk threshold, ⁇ is the horizontal distance threshold, and
  • determining whether the own vehicle has abnormal driving behavior at its current position includes:
  • determining whether the own vehicle has an emergency braking behavior at its current position includes:
  • determining whether the own vehicle has an emergency steering behavior at its current position includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the vehicle If the vehicle is driving along road direction 1 at its current position, determine the travelable position point of the vehicle as the drivable position point on road direction 1, and save the drivable position point on road direction 1 to the side of road direction 1.
  • the drivable position point in the road direction 1 includes a safe driving position in the road direction 1 and a driving risk position in the road direction 1;
  • the vehicle If the vehicle is driving along road direction 2 at its current position, determine the travelable position point of the vehicle as the drivable position point on road direction 2, and save the drivable position point on road direction 2 to the side of road direction 2.
  • the drivable position point on the road direction 2 includes the driving safety position on the road direction 1 and the driving risk position on the road direction 2; wherein, the road direction 1 and the road direction 2 are opposite on the same road Direction.
  • the method further includes:
  • the drivable area can be inferred based on the drivable location points of the surrounding vehicles, and then the travel route planning based on the drivable area is avoided.
  • the failure of the automatic driving system has improved the application range of the automatic driving system and the reliability of the system.
  • the drivable position point information of surrounding vehicles includes the coordinates of the same direction drivable position point and the reverse direction drivable position point coordinates, and obtaining the drivable position point information of the surrounding vehicles includes:
  • the driving information of vehicle A includes relative position coordinates and longitudinal relative speed
  • the driving information of own vehicle includes absolute position coordinates and absolute speed in the direction of travel. And the heading angle;
  • the type of drivable position point coordinate of vehicle A includes the coordinates of the reverse drivable position point or the same direction drivable position point coordinate;
  • the relative position coordinates are the coordinates in the vehicle coordinate system
  • the vehicle A's travelable position point coordinates are the coordinates in the world coordinate system.
  • obtaining the drivable position point coordinates of vehicle A according to the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of vehicle A includes:
  • the fourth conversion formula is: (x Av , y Av ) are the relative position coordinates of vehicle A, (x Aw , y Aw ) are the coordinates of the position where vehicle A can travel;
  • Third conversion matrix (x 0 ,y 0 ) is the absolute position coordinate of the own vehicle at the current moment, and ⁇ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment.
  • determining the type of the vehicle A's travelable position point coordinates according to the longitudinal relative speed and absolute speed of the vehicle A includes:
  • the coordinates of the vehicle A can be driven position point are determined to be the same direction; if the longitudinal absolute speed of vehicle A is less than the preset speed threshold, the vehicle A's The coordinates of the driving position point are the coordinates of the driving position point in the reverse direction.
  • the method further includes:
  • the coordinates of the vehicle A's travelable location point are determined as the coordinates on the road direction 1, and the vehicle A's travelable location point coordinates are saved to the roadside unit on the road direction 1 side;
  • Road direction 1 and road direction 2 are two opposite directions on the same road.
  • the automatic driving system of other vehicles can infer the drivable area based on the drivable location points of the surrounding vehicles, and then plan the driving route based on the drivable area, avoiding the automatic driving system Failure to improve the application scope of the automatic driving system and the reliability of the system.
  • obtaining information about the drivable location points of surrounding vehicles includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the first area covers the ROI, the first area is determined to be a drivable area on the road.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first area and the third area cover the ROI, then the first area and the third area are determined as road-driving areas.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a road drivable area reasoning device, including:
  • the acquisition module is used to acquire the perceived drivable area
  • the verification module is used to verify the perceivable travelable area to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is the travelable area with reliable verification and the second area is the travelable area with unreliable verification area;
  • the inference module is used to infer the second area based on the perceptual memory information of the drivable area if the first area does not cover the area of interest ROI to obtain the third area and the fourth area.
  • the third area is the perceptual memory area and the first area.
  • the area where the two areas overlap, the fourth area is the area that is not covered by the perceptual memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the fourth area is inferred based on the driving position point , To get the fifth area; the fifth area is the drivable area in the fourth area;
  • the determining module is used to determine the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as road-drivable areas.
  • the verification module is specifically used for:
  • condition 1 to condition 4 are:
  • w i is the width of the sub-area I, and W is determined according to the experience width of the drivable area and the memory width of the drivable area;
  • Condition 2 The angle between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the adjacent sub-region is not greater than the first preset angle
  • Condition 3 The distance between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than the preset width
  • Condition 4 The ratio of the drivable position points in the subregion I is greater than the preset ratio.
  • the perceptual memory information includes perceptual memory grid maps at multiple historical moments and the drivability value of each grid in each perceptual memory grid map.
  • the perceptual memory information is used to compare the second area Perform reasoning to get the aspects of the third area and the fourth area.
  • the reasoning module is specifically used to:
  • the driving ability value calculates the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area and the fourth area are determined according to the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area It is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is greater than the first threshold; the fourth area is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is not greater than the first threshold.
  • the reasoning module is specifically used for:
  • the perceptual memory grid maps of multiple historical moments are respectively converted from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps;
  • the first conversion formula is: Among them, (x vt0 ,y vt0 ) are the coordinates of any drivable location point P in the perception memory grid map at historical time t0 in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, and (x wt0 ,y wt0 ) is the drivable location point
  • First conversion matrix (x t0 , y t0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at historical time t0 in the world standard system, and ⁇ t0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at historical time t0.
  • the inference module in terms of converting the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map, is specifically used for:
  • the second conversion formula is: (x wp ,y wp ) is the coordinates of any travelable position point P'in the inference area in the world coordinate system, (x vp ,y vp ) is the vehicle coordinate system of the self-vehicle at the current moment The coordinates below, Is the second conversion matrix;
  • Second conversion matrix (x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and ⁇ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
  • the inference module is specifically used for :
  • the drivability value of multiple historical moments is the drivability value of the corresponding grid in the perceptual memory grid map of the grid of the p-th column and the q-th row at multiple historical moments;
  • the drivability value of the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map is:
  • k' t ' is the weight of.
  • the inference module is specifically configured to:
  • the location point to be inferred from the driveable location point, which is the driveable location point located in the area where the fourth area overlaps the ROI; convert the coordinates of the location to be inferred from the world coordinate system to that of the vehicle Under the vehicle coordinate system, in order to obtain the driving area to be inferred, the driving area to be inferred is the area formed by the inferred position points in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle; grid division is performed on the driving area to be inferred to obtain the second Inference grid map; calculate the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map; determine the fifth area according to the drivability value of each grid, The fifth area is an area composed of grids with a drivability value greater than the second threshold in the second inference grid map.
  • the inference module is specifically used for:
  • the third conversion formula is: Among them, (x dw , y dw ) is the coordinate of any inferred position point D in the world coordinate system of the inferred position points, (x dv , y dv ) is the coordinate system of the inferred position D in the own vehicle The coordinates below, Is the second conversion matrix,
  • Second conversion matrix (x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and ⁇ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
  • the inference module is specifically used to:
  • the drivability values at different moments are calculated according to the drivable position point information in the i-th column and j-th row grid in the second inference grid map; the drivability values at different times are weighted and summed to obtain the first The drivability value of the grid in column i and row j;
  • the drivability value of the grid in the i-th column and the j-th row is Is the drivability value at time t, k t is the weight of,
  • the drivable position point includes the drivable position point of the self-vehicle, and the acquisition module is further used for:
  • the driving position points of the own vehicle include the driving safety position points and the driving risk position points; wherein, obtaining the driving position points of the own vehicle includes : Determine whether the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual driving mode; if the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual driving mode, determine the current position of the own vehicle as a safe driving position; If the driving mode at its current location is automatic driving mode, it is determined whether the vehicle has a risk of collision or abnormal driving behavior at its current location; if it is determined that the vehicle has no risk of collision and no abnormal driving behavior at its current location, the vehicle is determined The current position point of is a safe driving position; if it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision or abnormal driving behavior at its current position, the current position of the own vehicle is determined to be a dangerous driving position.
  • the acquiring module is specifically used to:
  • the intersection mode risk judgment method is used to determine whether the own vehicle has a collision at its current position Risk: If the included angle ⁇ is not greater than the second preset angle, the rear-end collision mode risk judgment method is used to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at its current position.
  • the acquisition module is specifically used to:
  • the first time is the time required for the vehicle to travel from its current position to the potential collision point
  • the second time is the time required for the vehicle E to travel from its current position to the potential collision point
  • formula 1 and Formula 2 it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision at its current position
  • formula 2 it is determined that the vehicle has no risk of collision at its current position
  • formula 1 is:
  • formula 2 is: TTX 1 is the first time, TTX 2 is the second time, ⁇ is the preset threshold, and R 0 is the risk threshold.
  • the acquisition module is specifically used to:
  • the formula 3 is:
  • the formula 4 is: a and b are constants, R 0 is the risk threshold, ⁇ is the horizontal distance threshold, and
  • the acquiring module is specifically used for:
  • the acquiring module is specifically used to:
  • the acquiring module in determining whether the own vehicle has an emergency steering behavior at its current position, is specifically used to:
  • the road drivable area reasoning device further includes a storage module
  • the determining module is also used to determine that the self-vehicle can travel along the road direction 1 after the acquisition module obtains the driveable location point of the vehicle at its current location as the driveable location point on the road direction 1.
  • Save module used to save the drivable position point on road direction 1 to the roadside unit on the side of road direction 1, where the drivable position point on road direction 1 includes the safe driving position and road in road direction 1.
  • the determination module is also used for determining that the vehicle can travel along the road direction 2 at its current position as the travelable location point on the road direction 2.
  • the drivable position points are saved to the roadside unit on the road direction 2 side, where the drivable position points on the road direction 2 include the safe driving position on the road direction 1 and the driving risk position on the road direction 2; where, the road direction 1 and road direction 2 are opposite directions on the same road.
  • the acquisition module is also used to:
  • the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles includes the coordinates of the driving position point in the same direction and the coordinates of the driving position point in the reverse direction.
  • the acquisition module is also used for :
  • the driving information of vehicle A includes relative position coordinates and longitudinal relative speed
  • the driving information of own vehicle includes absolute position coordinates and absolute speed in the direction of travel.
  • the heading angle of the vehicle according to the absolute position coordinates of the vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A, the coordinates of the vehicle A's driving position are obtained; according to the longitudinal relative speed of the vehicle A and the absolute speed of the vehicle, the vehicle A can be determined
  • the type of the driving position point; the type of the driving position point coordinate of the vehicle A includes the reverse driving position point coordinate or the same direction driving position point coordinate; wherein, the relative position coordinate is the coordinate in the vehicle coordinate system, and the vehicle A
  • the coordinates of the driving position point are the coordinates in the world coordinate system.
  • the acquiring module in terms of acquiring the drivable position point coordinates of vehicle A according to the absolute position coordinates of the vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of vehicle A, the acquiring module is also used for:
  • the fourth conversion formula is: (x Av , y Av ) are the relative position coordinates of vehicle A, (x Aw , y Aw ) are the coordinates of the position where vehicle A can travel;
  • Third conversion matrix (x 0 ,y 0 ) is the absolute position coordinate of the own vehicle at the current moment, and ⁇ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment.
  • the acquiring module is further used to:
  • the coordinates of the vehicle A can be driven position point are determined to be the same direction; if the longitudinal absolute speed of vehicle A is less than the preset speed threshold, the vehicle A's The coordinates of the driving position point are the coordinates of the driving position point in the reverse direction.
  • the determining module is also used to determine if the vehicle A is driving along the road direction 1, then determining that the vehicle A’s travelable position point coordinates are the coordinates on the road direction 1, the saving module is also used to save the vehicle The coordinates of the driving position point of A are saved to the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1;
  • the determination module is also used to determine if the vehicle A is traveling along the road direction 2, the driveable position point of the lane A is determined as the coordinate on the road direction 2, and the storage module is used to save the vehicle A's driveable position point coordinates to the road In the roadside unit on the direction 2 side; wherein the road direction 1 and the road direction 2 are two opposite directions on the same road.
  • the obtaining module is specifically used to:
  • the determining module is also used to:
  • the first area covers the ROI, the first area is determined to be a drivable area on the road.
  • the determining module is also used to:
  • the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the first area and the third area are determined as the road drivable area.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a road drivable area reasoning device, including:
  • a memory for storing executable program codes
  • a processor coupled to the memory; when the processor invokes the executable program code stored in the memory, it executes part or all of the method described in the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present invention also provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium may store a program, and when the program is executed by a computing platform or a processor with processing capability, the method described in the first aspect Part or all of the steps of the method.
  • Figure 1a is a schematic diagram of a vehicle coordinate system provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 1b is a schematic structural diagram of an autonomous vehicle provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a computer system provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a neural network processor provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the application of a cloud-side commanded autonomous vehicle according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an application of a cloud-side commanded autonomous vehicle according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a method for reasoning on a road drivable area provided by an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for reasoning on a road drivable area according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between area I and area II according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between the historical moment perception memory grid map and the inference grid map provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a method for absolute position and direction of a vehicle according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of risk identification of intersection modes provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a drivable area in an area of interest provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a road drivable area reasoning device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a road drivable area reasoning device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a computer program product provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Structured roads roads with a single pavement structure, clear edge lines and obvious road geometric features, such as highways and urban arterial roads.
  • Unstructured roads roads with complex pavement structures, no lane lines and clear road boundaries, and road geometric features that are not obvious, such as residential district roads, rural roads, and urban non-main roads.
  • Drivenability grid map refers to dividing the environment map into a series of grids, where each grid is given a driveability value to indicate whether the grid can be driven.
  • Vehicle coordinate system When the vehicle is at a standstill on a horizontal road, the x-axis is parallel to the ground and points forward, the z-axis passes vertically upward through the center of the rear axle, the y-axis points to the left side of the driver's seat, and the center of the rear axle is the origin of the coordinate system O, as shown in Figure 1a.
  • World coordinate system refers to a coordinate system fixed relative to the ground. There are many ways to define the world coordinate system. For example, you can define the origin at the initial position of the vehicle, and the x-axis along the positive direction of the target. When the vehicle moves, the origin position and the x-axis direction are fixed on the ground and do not move with the vehicle, or The origin is defined at a certain position on the earth, and the x axis is north.
  • Fig. 1b is a functional block diagram of a vehicle 100 provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the vehicle 100 is configured in a fully or partially autonomous driving mode.
  • the vehicle 100 can control itself while in the automatic driving mode, and can determine the current state of the vehicle and its surrounding environment through human operations, determine the possible behavior of at least one other vehicle in the surrounding environment, and determine the other vehicle
  • the confidence level corresponding to the possibility of performing possible actions is controlled based on the determined information.
  • the vehicle 100 can be placed to operate without human interaction.
  • the vehicle 100 may include various subsystems, such as a travel system 102, a sensor system 104, a control system 106, one or more peripheral devices 108 and a power supply 110, a computer system 112, and a user interface 116.
  • the vehicle 100 may include more or fewer subsystems, and each subsystem may include multiple elements.
  • each of the subsystems and elements of the vehicle 100 may be wired or wirelessly interconnected.
  • the travel system 102 may include components that provide power movement for the vehicle 100.
  • the propulsion system 102 may include an engine 118, an energy source 119, a transmission 120, and wheels/tires 121.
  • the engine 118 may be an internal combustion engine, an electric motor, an air compression engine, or other types of engine combinations, such as a hybrid engine composed of a gasoline engine and an electric motor, or a hybrid engine composed of an internal combustion engine and an air compression engine.
  • the engine 118 converts the energy source 119 into mechanical energy.
  • Examples of energy sources 119 include gasoline, diesel, other petroleum-based fuels, propane, other compressed gas-based fuels, ethanol, solar panels, batteries, and other sources of electricity.
  • the energy source 119 may also provide energy for other systems of the vehicle 100.
  • the transmission device 120 can transmit mechanical power from the engine 118 to the wheels 121.
  • the transmission device 120 may include a gearbox, a differential, and a drive shaft.
  • the transmission device 120 may also include other devices, such as a clutch.
  • the drive shaft may include one or more shafts that can be coupled to one or more wheels 121.
  • the sensor system 104 may include several sensors that sense information about the environment around the vehicle 100.
  • the sensor system 104 may include a positioning system 122 (the positioning system may be a GPS system, a Beidou system or other positioning systems), an inertial measurement unit (IMU) 124, a radar 126, a laser rangefinder 128, and Camera 130.
  • the sensor system 104 may also include sensors of the internal system of the monitored vehicle 100 (for example, an in-vehicle air quality monitor, a fuel gauge, an oil temperature gauge, etc.). Sensor data from one or more of these sensors can be used to detect objects and their corresponding characteristics (position, shape, direction, speed, etc.). Such detection and identification are key functions for the safe operation of the autonomous vehicle 100.
  • the positioning system 122 can be used to estimate the geographic location of the vehicle 100.
  • the IMU 124 is used to sense changes in the position and orientation of the vehicle 100 based on inertial acceleration.
  • the IMU 124 may be a combination of an accelerometer and a gyroscope.
  • the radar 126 may use radio signals to sense objects in the surrounding environment of the vehicle 100. In some embodiments, in addition to sensing the object, the radar 126 may also be used to sense the speed and/or direction of the object.
  • the laser rangefinder 128 can use laser light to sense objects in the environment where the vehicle 100 is located.
  • the laser rangefinder 128 may include one or more laser sources, laser scanners, and one or more detectors, as well as other system components.
  • the camera 130 may be used to capture multiple images of the surrounding environment of the vehicle 100.
  • the camera 130 may be a still camera or a video camera.
  • the control system 106 controls the operation of the vehicle 100 and its components.
  • the control system 106 may include various components, including a steering system 132, a throttle 134, a braking unit 136, a sensor fusion algorithm 138, a computer vision system 140, a route control system 142, and an obstacle avoidance system 144.
  • the steering system 132 is operable to adjust the forward direction of the vehicle 100.
  • it may be a steering wheel system in one embodiment.
  • the throttle 134 is used to control the operating speed of the engine 118 and thereby control the speed of the vehicle 100.
  • the braking unit 136 is used to control the vehicle 100 to decelerate.
  • the braking unit 136 may use friction to slow down the wheels 121.
  • the braking unit 136 may convert the kinetic energy of the wheels 121 into electric current.
  • the braking unit 136 may also take other forms to slow down the rotation speed of the wheels 121 to control the speed of the vehicle 100.
  • the computer vision system 140 may be operable to process and analyze the images captured by the camera 130 in order to identify objects and/or features in the surrounding environment of the vehicle 100.
  • the objects and/or features may include traffic signals, road boundaries and obstacles.
  • the computer vision system 140 may use object recognition algorithms, Structure from Motion (SFM) algorithms, video tracking, and other computer vision technologies.
  • SFM Structure from Motion
  • the computer vision system 140 may be used to map the environment, track objects, estimate the speed of objects, and so on.
  • the route control system 142 is used to determine the travel route of the vehicle 100.
  • the route control system 142 may combine data from the sensor 138, the GPS 122, and one or more predetermined maps to determine the driving route for the vehicle 100.
  • the obstacle avoidance system 144 is used to identify, evaluate, and avoid or otherwise cross over potential obstacles in the environment of the vehicle 100.
  • control system 106 may add or alternatively include components other than those shown and described. Alternatively, a part of the components shown above may be reduced.
  • the vehicle 100 interacts with external sensors, other vehicles, other computer systems, or users through peripheral devices 108.
  • the peripheral device 108 may include a wireless communication system 146, an onboard computer 148, a microphone 150 and/or a speaker 152.
  • the peripheral device 108 provides a means for the user of the vehicle 100 to interact with the user interface 116.
  • the onboard computer 148 may provide information to the user of the vehicle 100.
  • the user interface 116 can also operate the onboard computer 148 to receive user input.
  • the on-board computer 148 can be operated through a touch screen.
  • the peripheral device 108 may provide a means for the vehicle 100 to communicate with other devices located in the vehicle.
  • the microphone 150 may receive audio (eg, voice commands or other audio input) from a user of the vehicle 100.
  • the speaker 152 may output audio to the user of the vehicle 100.
  • the wireless communication system 146 may wirelessly communicate with one or more devices directly or via a communication network.
  • the wireless communication system 146 may use 3G cellular communication, such as CDMA, EVDO, GSM/GPRS, or 4G cellular communication, such as LTE. Or 5G cellular communication.
  • the wireless communication system 146 may use WiFi to communicate with a wireless local area network (WLAN).
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the wireless communication system 146 may directly communicate with the device using an infrared link, Bluetooth, or ZigBee.
  • Other wireless protocols such as various vehicle communication systems.
  • the wireless communication system 146 may include one or more dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) devices, which may include vehicles and/or roadside stations. Public and/or private data communications.
  • DSRC dedicated short-range communications
  • the power supply 110 may provide power to various components of the vehicle 100.
  • the power source 110 may be a rechargeable lithium ion or lead-acid battery.
  • One or more battery packs of such batteries may be configured as a power source to provide power to various components of the vehicle 100.
  • the power source 110 and the energy source 119 may be implemented together, such as in some all-electric vehicles.
  • the computer system 112 may include at least one processor 113 that executes instructions 115 stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium such as a data storage device 114.
  • the computer system 112 may also be multiple computing devices that control individual components or subsystems of the vehicle 100 in a distributed manner.
  • the processor 113 may be any conventional processor, such as a commercially available CPU. Alternatively, the processor may be a dedicated device such as an ASIC or other hardware-based processor.
  • FIG. 1b functionally illustrates the processor, memory, and other elements of the computer 110 in the same block, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that the processor, computer, or memory may actually include Multiple processors, computers, or memories stored in the same physical enclosure.
  • the memory may be a hard disk drive or other storage medium located in a housing other than the computer 110. Therefore, a reference to a processor or computer will be understood to include a reference to a collection of processors or computers or memories that may or may not operate in parallel. Rather than using a single processor to perform the steps described here, some components such as steering components and deceleration components may each have its own processor that only performs calculations related to component-specific functions .
  • the processor may be located away from the vehicle and wirelessly communicate with the vehicle.
  • some of the processes described herein are executed on a processor disposed in the vehicle and others are executed by a remote processor, including taking the necessary steps to perform a single manipulation.
  • the data storage device 114 may include instructions 115 (eg, program logic), which may be executed by the processor 113 to perform various functions of the vehicle 100, including those functions described above.
  • the data storage device 114 may also contain additional instructions, including sending data to, receiving data from, interacting with, and/or performing data on one or more of the propulsion system 102, the sensor system 104, the control system 106, and the peripheral device 108. Control instructions.
  • the data storage device 114 may also store data, such as road maps, route information, the location, direction, and speed of the vehicle, and other such vehicle data, as well as other information. Such information may be used by the vehicle 100 and the computer system 112 during the operation of the vehicle 100 in autonomous, semi-autonomous, and/or manual modes.
  • the processor 113 obtains the road drivable area perception information through the sensor system 104, and obtains the perceptible drivable area according to the road drivable area perception information; checks the perceptual drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area, Wherein, the first area is a drivable area with reliable verification, and the second area is a drivable area with unreliable verification; if the first area covers the ROI, the processor 113 determines the first area as a road drivable area; If the first area does not cover the ROI, the processor 113 obtains the perceptual memory information from the data storage device 114, and performs inference operations on the second area according to the perceptual memory information to obtain the third area and the fourth area.
  • the processor 113 compares the first area with the third area The area is determined to be a drivable area on the road; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the processor 113 obtains the drivable position point information from the data storage device 114 or other units or servers, and compares the drivable position point information according to the drivable position point information.
  • the fourth area performs inference to obtain the fifth area, which is the drivable area in the fourth area; the processor 113 determines the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as road drivable areas; 113 makes driving route planning decisions based on the road's drivable area to obtain a planned driving route; the processor 113 sends the planned driving route to the control system 106, and each functional module of the control system 106 controls the vehicle 100 to travel according to the planned driving route.
  • the user interface 116 is used to provide information to or receive information from a user of the vehicle 100.
  • the user interface 116 may include one or more input/output devices in the set of peripheral devices 108, such as a wireless communication system 146, a car computer 148, a microphone 150, and a speaker 152.
  • the computer system 112 may control the functions of the vehicle 100 based on inputs received from various subsystems (eg, travel system 102, sensor system 104, and control system 106) and from the user interface 116. For example, the computer system 112 may utilize input from the control system 106 in order to control the steering unit 132 to avoid obstacles detected by the sensor system 104 and the obstacle avoidance system 144. In some embodiments, the computer system 112 is operable to provide control of many aspects of the vehicle 100 and its subsystems.
  • various subsystems eg, travel system 102, sensor system 104, and control system 106
  • the computer system 112 may utilize input from the control system 106 in order to control the steering unit 132 to avoid obstacles detected by the sensor system 104 and the obstacle avoidance system 144.
  • the computer system 112 is operable to provide control of many aspects of the vehicle 100 and its subsystems.
  • one or more of these components described above may be installed or associated with the vehicle 100 separately.
  • the data storage device 114 may exist partially or completely separately from the vehicle 100.
  • the aforementioned components may be communicatively coupled together in a wired and/or wireless manner.
  • FIG. 1b should not be understood as a limitation to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • An autonomous vehicle traveling on a road can recognize objects in its surrounding environment to determine the adjustment to the current speed.
  • the object may be other vehicles, traffic control equipment, or other types of objects.
  • each recognized object can be considered independently, and based on the respective characteristics of the object, such as its current speed, acceleration, distance from the vehicle, etc., can be used to determine the speed to be adjusted by the autonomous vehicle.
  • the self-driving car vehicle 100 or the computing device associated with the self-driving vehicle 100 may be based on the characteristics of the identified object and the surrounding environment
  • the state of the object e.g., traffic, rain, ice on the road, etc.
  • each recognized object depends on each other's behavior, so all recognized objects can also be considered together to predict the behavior of a single recognized object.
  • the vehicle 100 can adjust its speed based on the predicted behavior of the identified object.
  • an autonomous vehicle can determine what stable state the vehicle will need to adjust to (for example, accelerate, decelerate, or stop) based on the predicted behavior of the object.
  • other factors may also be considered to determine the speed of the vehicle 100, such as the lateral position of the vehicle 100 on the road on which it is traveling, the curvature of the road, the proximity of static and dynamic objects, and so on.
  • the computing device can also provide instructions to modify the steering angle of the vehicle 100, so that the self-driving car follows a given trajectory and/or maintains an object near the self-driving car (for example, , The safe horizontal and vertical distances of cars in adjacent lanes on the road.
  • the above-mentioned vehicle 100 can be a car, truck, motorcycle, bus, boat, airplane, helicopter, lawn mower, recreational vehicle, playground vehicle, construction equipment, tram, golf cart, train, and trolley, etc.
  • the embodiments of the invention are not particularly limited.
  • Scenario example 2 Autonomous driving system
  • the computer system 101 includes a processor 103, and the processor 103 is coupled to a system bus 105.
  • the processor 103 may be one or more processors, where each processor may include one or more processor cores.
  • a display adapter (video adapter) 107 can drive the display 109, and the display 109 is coupled to the system bus 105.
  • the system bus 105 is coupled with an input output (I/O) bus 113 through a bus bridge 111.
  • the I/O interface 115 is coupled to the I/O bus.
  • the I/O interface 115 communicates with a variety of I/O devices, such as an input device 117 (such as a keyboard, a mouse, a touch screen, etc.), a media tray 121 (such as a CD-ROM, a multimedia interface, etc.).
  • Transceiver 123 can send and/or receive radio communication signals
  • camera 155 can capture scene and dynamic digital video images
  • external USB interface 125 external USB interface 125.
  • the interface connected to the I/O interface 115 may be a USB interface.
  • the processor 103 may be any conventional processor, including a reduced instruction set computing ("RISC”) processor, a complex instruction set computing (“CISC”) processor, or a combination of the foregoing.
  • the processor may be a dedicated device such as an application specific integrated circuit (“ASIC").
  • the processor 103 may be a neural network processor or a combination of a neural network processor and the foregoing traditional processors.
  • the computer system 101 may be located far away from the autonomous driving vehicle, and may communicate with the autonomous driving vehicle O wirelessly.
  • some of the processes described herein are executed on a processor provided in an autonomous vehicle, and others are executed by a remote processor, including taking actions required to perform a single manipulation.
  • the computer 101 can communicate with the software deployment server 149 through the network interface 129.
  • the network interface 129 is a hardware network interface, such as a network card.
  • the network 127 may be an external network, such as the Internet, or an internal network, such as an Ethernet or a virtual private network (VPN).
  • the network 127 may also be a wireless network, such as a WiFi network, a cellular network, and so on.
  • the hard disk drive interface is coupled to the system bus 105.
  • the hardware drive interface is connected with the hard drive.
  • the system memory 135 is coupled to the system bus 105.
  • the data running in the system memory 135 may include the operating system 137 and application programs 143 of the computer 101.
  • the operating system includes Shell 139 and kernel 141.
  • Shell 139 is an interface between the user and the kernel of the operating system.
  • the shell is the outermost layer of the operating system. The shell manages the interaction between the user and the operating system: waiting for the user's input, explaining the user's input to the operating system, and processing the output of various operating systems.
  • the kernel 141 is composed of those parts of the operating system for managing memory, files, peripherals, and system resources. Directly interact with hardware, the operating system kernel usually runs processes and provides inter-process communication, providing CPU time slice management, interrupts, memory management, IO management, and so on.
  • Application programs 143 include programs related to controlling auto-driving cars, such as programs that manage the interaction between autonomous vehicles and road obstacles, programs that control the route or speed of autonomous vehicles, and programs that control interaction between autonomous vehicles and other autonomous vehicles on the road. .
  • the application program 143 also exists on the system of the software deployment server 149. In one embodiment, when the application program 147 needs to be executed, the computer system 101 may download the application program 143 from the software deployment server 149.
  • the sensor 153 and the camera 155 obtain the road travelable area perception information, and save the road travelable area perception information to the hard drive 131 through the I/O interface 115, the bus bridge 111, the system bus 105, and the hard drive interface 121.
  • the processor 103 obtains the road drivable area perception information from the hard disk drive 131 through the system bus 105 and the hard disk drive interface 121, and executes the automatic driving related program 147 in the application 143 for the road drivable area perception information, and executes the automatic driving related program 147
  • the processor 103 specifically executes the following steps; obtain the perceived drivable area according to the road drivable area perception information, and verify the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is If the first area covers the ROI, the processor 103 will determine the first area as the road-drivable area; if the first area is not covered by the ROI In ROI, the processor 103 obtains the perceptual memory information from the hard disk drive 133,
  • the third area is the perceptual memory area and the second area.
  • the area where the area overlaps, the fourth area is the area not covered by the perceptual memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the processor 103 determines the first area and the third area as road-driving areas If the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the processor 103 obtains the drivable position point information from the hard disk drive 133 or other unit or server, and infers the fourth area based on the drivable position point information to obtain
  • the fifth area, the fifth area is a drivable area in the fourth area; the processor 113 determines the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as road drivable areas; the processor 113 drives according to the road drivable area Route planning decisions are made to obtain a planned driving route; the processor 113 controls the vehicle to travel according to the planned driving route.
  • the sensor 153 is associated with the computer system 101.
  • the sensor 153 is used to detect the environment around the computer 101.
  • the sensor 153 can detect animals, cars, obstacles, and crosswalks.
  • the sensor can also detect the environment around objects such as animals, cars, obstacles, and crosswalks, such as the environment around the animals, for example, when the animals appear around them. Other animals, weather conditions, the brightness of the surrounding environment, etc.
  • the sensor may be a camera, an infrared sensor, a chemical detector, a microphone, etc.
  • the absolute speed of the own vehicle and the relative speed of surrounding vehicles are obtained through the speed sensor
  • the relative position coordinates of the own vehicle are obtained through the position sensor, etc.
  • the angle of the head of the own vehicle in the driving direction is obtained through the angle sensor.
  • Figure 3 is a chip hardware structure diagram provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the neural network processor NPU 50 is mounted on the main CPU (Host CPU) as a coprocessor, and the Host CPU allocates tasks.
  • the core part of the NPU is the arithmetic circuit 50.
  • the controller 504 controls the arithmetic circuit 503 to extract data from the memory (weight memory or input memory) and perform calculations.
  • the arithmetic circuit 503 includes multiple processing units (Process Engine, PE). In some implementations, the arithmetic circuit 503 is a two-dimensional systolic array. The arithmetic circuit 503 may also be a one-dimensional systolic array or other electronic circuits capable of performing mathematical operations such as multiplication and addition. In some implementations, the arithmetic circuit 503 is a general-purpose matrix processor.
  • PE Processing Unit
  • the arithmetic circuit 503 is a two-dimensional systolic array. The arithmetic circuit 503 may also be a one-dimensional systolic array or other electronic circuits capable of performing mathematical operations such as multiplication and addition. In some implementations, the arithmetic circuit 503 is a general-purpose matrix processor.
  • the arithmetic circuit fetches the corresponding data of matrix B from the weight memory 502 and buffers it on each PE in the arithmetic circuit.
  • the arithmetic circuit takes the data of matrix A and matrix B from the input memory 501 to perform matrix operations, and the partial results or final results of the obtained matrix are stored in the accumulator 508.
  • the vector calculation unit 507 can perform further processing on the output of the arithmetic circuit, such as vector multiplication, vector addition, exponential operation, logarithmic operation, size comparison and so on.
  • the vector calculation unit 507 can be used for network calculations in the non-convolutional/non-FC layer of the neural network, such as pooling, batch normalization, local response normalization, etc. .
  • the vector calculation unit 507 can store the processed output vector in the unified buffer 506.
  • the vector calculation unit 507 may apply a nonlinear function to the output of the arithmetic circuit 503, such as a vector of accumulated values, to generate the activation value.
  • the vector calculation unit 507 generates a normalized value, a combined value, or both.
  • the processed output vector can be used as an activation input to the arithmetic circuit 503, for example for use in subsequent layers in a neural network.
  • the unified memory 506 is used to store input data and output data.
  • the memory unit access controller 505 (Direct Memory Access Controller, DMAC) transfers the input data in the external memory to the input memory 501 and/or the unified memory 506, stores the weight data in the external memory into the weight memory 502, and stores the unified memory The data in 506 is stored in the external memory.
  • DMAC Direct Memory Access Controller
  • a bus interface unit (BIU) 510 is used to implement interaction between the main CPU, the DMAC, and the fetch memory 509 through the bus.
  • An instruction fetch buffer 509 connected to the controller 504 is used to store instructions used by the controller 504;
  • the controller 504 is used to call the instruction cached in the instruction fetch memory 509 to control the working process of the operation accelerator.
  • the unified memory 506, the input memory 501, the weight memory 502, and the instruction fetch memory 509 are all on-chip (On-Chip) memories, and the external memory is a memory external to the NPU.
  • the external memory can be a double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory.
  • Memory Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory, referred to as DDR SDRAM
  • High Bandwidth Memory (HBM) or other readable and writable memory.
  • the computer system 112 may also receive information from other computer systems or transfer information to other computer systems.
  • the sensor data collected from the sensor system 104 of the vehicle 100 may be transferred to another computer to process the data.
  • data from the computer system 112 may be transmitted to the computer 720 on the cloud side via the network for further processing.
  • the network and intermediate nodes can include various configurations and protocols, including the Internet, World Wide Web, Intranet, virtual private network, wide area network, local area network, private network using one or more company's proprietary communication protocols, Ethernet, WiFi and HTTP, And various combinations of the foregoing. This communication can be by any device capable of transferring data to and from other computers, such as modems and wireless interfaces.
  • the computer 720 may include a server with multiple computers, such as a load balancing server group, which exchanges information with different nodes of the network for the purpose of receiving, processing, and transmitting data from the computer system 112.
  • the server can be configured similarly to the computer system 110 and has a processor 730, a memory 740, instructions 750, and data 760.
  • the data in the server 720 may include information such as the vehicle's drivable position point coordinates, the angle of the front of the vehicle, and the like sent by the communication device on the vehicle.
  • the data in the server 720 may also include data such as historical grid maps.
  • FIG. 5 shows an example of an autonomous driving vehicle and a cloud service center according to an example embodiment.
  • the cloud service center 520 may receive information (such as data collected by vehicle sensors or other information) from the autonomous vehicles 510, 512, and 514 in its operating environment 500 via a network 502 such as a wireless communication network.
  • a network 502 such as a wireless communication network.
  • the coordinates of the driving position of the own vehicle For example, the coordinates of the driving position of the own vehicle, the coordinates of the driving position of the surrounding vehicles, and the area information of the driving area perception.
  • the cloud service center 520 runs its stored programs related to controlling automatic driving of automobiles to control the autonomous vehicles 510, 512, and 514.
  • Programs related to controlling auto-driving can be programs that manage the interaction between autonomous vehicles and obstacles on the road, programs that control the route or speed of autonomous vehicles, and programs that control interaction between autonomous vehicles and other autonomous vehicles on the road.
  • the cloud service center 520 obtains the road-drivable area perception information, and obtains the perceived drivable area according to the road-drivable area perception information; checks the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area.
  • the area is a drivable area with reliable verification, and the second area is a drivable area with unreliable verification; if the first area covers the ROI, the first area is determined as the road drivable area; if the first area does not cover the ROI
  • the cloud service center 520 obtains the perceptual memory information, and performs inference operations on the second area according to the perceptual memory information to obtain the third area and the fourth area.
  • the third area is the area where the perceptual memory area and the second area overlap.
  • the fourth area is the area not covered by the perceptual memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the cloud service center 520 determines the first area and the third area as road-driving areas; If the area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the cloud service center 520 obtains the drivable position point information, and infers the fourth area based on the drivable position point information to obtain the fifth area, which is the fourth area The cloud service center 520 determines the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as road drivable areas.
  • the cloud service center 520 makes driving route planning decisions based on the driveable area of the road to obtain the planned driving route; the cloud service center 520 sends the planned driving route to the vehicle control system so that the functional modules of the control system control the vehicle according to the planned driving route Driving.
  • the network 502 externally provides part of the map to the autonomous vehicle 510, 512, or 514.
  • operations can be divided between different locations or centers.
  • multiple cloud service centers 520 may receive, confirm, combine, and/or send information reports.
  • information reports and/or sensor data can also be sent between autonomous vehicles.
  • Other configurations are also possible.
  • the cloud service center 520 sends to the autonomous vehicle a suggested solution for possible driving situations in the environment (eg, inform the obstacle ahead and tell how to avoid it). For example, the cloud service center 520 may assist the vehicle in determining how to proceed when facing a specific obstacle in the environment.
  • the cloud service center 520 sends a response to the autonomous vehicle indicating how the vehicle should travel in a given scene. For example, the cloud service center 520 can confirm the existence of a temporary stop sign in front of the road based on the collected sensor data, and also determine that the lane has been impaired due to the “lane closed” sign and the sensor data of construction vehicles on the lane. Closed.
  • the cloud service center 520 sends a suggested operation mode for the automatic driving vehicle to pass the obstacle (for example, instructing the vehicle to change lanes on another road).
  • the operation steps used for the autonomous driving vehicle can be added to the driving information map.
  • this information can be sent to other vehicles in the area that may encounter the same obstacle, so as to assist other vehicles not only to recognize the closed lane but also how to pass.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a method for reasoning on a road drivable area provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the application scenario includes: a vehicle-mounted device 601, a roadside unit 602, and a cloud information platform.
  • the data interaction between the cloud information platform 603 and the roadside unit (RSU) 602 is realized through remote communication, such as 4G, 5G, optical fiber communication, etc.; the vehicle device 601 and the cloud information platform 603 Data interaction is completed through remote communication, such as 4G, 5G, etc.; information interaction between the vehicle-mounted device 601 and the roadside unit 602 is achieved through short-range communication, such as DSRC technology, long term evolution for vehicles, LTE-V ) Technology etc.
  • remote communication such as 4G, 5G, optical fiber communication, etc.
  • the vehicle device 601 and the cloud information platform 603 Data interaction is completed through remote communication, such as 4G, 5G, etc.
  • information interaction between the vehicle-mounted device 601 and the roadside unit 602 is achieved through short-range communication, such as DSRC technology, long term evolution for vehicles, LTE-V ) Technology etc.
  • the vehicle-mounted device 601 obtains road-drivable area perception information, and obtains the perceived drivable area according to the road-drivable area perception information; checks the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is Check the reliable drivable area, the second area is the unreliable drivable area; if the first area covers the ROI, the vehicle-mounted device 601 determines the first area as the road drivable area; if the first area is not covered In the case of ROI, the vehicle-mounted device 601 obtains the perceptual memory information of the drivable area from its memory, and uses the perceptual memory area to perform inference operations on the unreliable drivable area to obtain the third area and the fourth area.
  • the third area Is the area where the sensing memory area overlaps with the second area, and the fourth area is the area not covered by the sensing memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the vehicle-mounted device 601 combines the first area and the third area.
  • the area is determined to be a drivable area on the road; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the vehicle-mounted device 601 obtains the drivable position point information from the RSU 602 or the cloud information platform 603, and compares the fourth area according to the drivable position point information.
  • the area is inferred to obtain the fifth area, which is the drivable area in the fourth area, and determines the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as the road drivable area. Then, the driving route planning decision is made according to the driving area of the road to obtain the planned driving route.
  • RSU602 collects the drivable position point information generated by the vehicle on the road section it is on, uploads the generated drivable position point information to the cloud information platform 603, and sends the drivable position point information to the vehicle traveling on the current road section.
  • the cloud information platform 603 collects the drivable location point information generated by each vehicle and collected by RSU602, and integrates the information; combined with the current location of the vehicle, the user's current driving destination and navigation route, the user's common driving route, etc., update the drivable location of nearby roads Point information to the on-board device of the vehicle; update the driving position point information to the RSU602 of the corresponding road according to different road directions.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for reasoning on a road drivable area according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 7, the method includes:
  • the vehicle-mounted device obtains the driving area perception information of the road, and determines the perceived driving area according to the driving area perception information.
  • the driving area perception information includes relevant information obtained by the environmental sensor of the vehicle, such as the information of the area in front of the vehicle obtained by the camera or lidar, including road information, obstacle information, and related information of surrounding vehicles;
  • the wave radar obtains the speed information and relative position of the obstacle and the surrounding vehicles, and determines the acceleration of the obstacle and the surrounding vehicles according to the speed of the obstacle and the surrounding vehicles.
  • the vehicle-mounted device determines the perceived drivable area according to the relevant information obtained by the environmental sensor.
  • the perceived drivable area is essentially a grid map, and the drivability value of each grid in the grid map is used to characterize the probability of the grid being drivable.
  • the vehicle-mounted device verifies the perceived travelable area to obtain a verification result.
  • the verification result includes the first area and the second area.
  • the first area is a drivable area with reliable verification
  • the second area is a drivable area with unreliable verification
  • the vehicle-mounted device verifies the perceived travelable area to obtain the verification result, which specifically includes:
  • the perceptible drivable area is divided to obtain multiple sub-areas; determine whether each sub-areas of the multiple sub-areas satisfies the following conditions 1-condition 4; if the sub-areas If I satisfies each of the conditions 1-condition 4, the sub-area I is determined to be a reliable sub-area; if the sub-area I does not meet any of the conditions 1-condition 4, the sub-area I is determined to be a check Unreliable sub-region; where, sub-region I is any one of multiple sub-regions.
  • the first area is an area composed of sub-areas with reliable verification among multiple sub-areas
  • the second area is an area composed of sub-areas with reliable verification among multiple sub-areas.
  • condition 1 the width of sub-region I meets the following conditions:
  • W is determined jointly by the experience width We of the drivable area and the memory width Wm of the drivable area.
  • the value range of the driving area experience width We can be determined according to road construction specifications and research literature, and the driving area memory width Wm can be calculated based on the weighted average of the driving area width values for a period of time before the current moment.
  • the memory width of the drivable area W i at time i is travelable area memory width, [mu] i of the weighting value W i; the present time distances travelable area, the greater the weighted value width of the memory.
  • Condition 2 The angle between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the adjacent sub-region is not greater than the first preset angle.
  • the angle between the left boundary of the subregion I and the left boundary of its adjacent subregion is not greater than the first preset angle, and the angle between the right boundary of the subregion I and the right boundary of its adjacent subregion is not greater than the first preset angle, If the angle is set, it is determined whether the included angle between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the adjacent sub-region is not greater than the first preset angle; if the included angle between the left boundary of the sub-region I and the left boundary of the adjacent sub-region is greater than the first preset Assuming that the angle or the included angle between the right boundary of the subregion I and the right boundary of the adjacent subregion is greater than the first preset angle, it is determined that the included angle between the boundary of the subregion I and the boundary of the adjacent subregion is greater than the first preset angle .
  • the size of the first preset angle depends on the degree of structure of the drivable area; the higher the degree of structure of the drivable area, the smaller the first predetermined angle.
  • area I and area II are adjacent, and the angle between the left boundary of area I and the left boundary of area II is a vector With vector
  • the angle between the right boundary of area I and the right boundary of area II is a vector With vector The included angle.
  • Condition 3 The distance between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than the preset width.
  • the distance between the left boundary of the subregion I and the left boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than the preset width, and the right boundary of the subregion I is equal to that verified before the current moment.
  • the distance between the right boundary of the perceptual memory area is not greater than the preset width, then it is determined whether the distance between the boundary of the sub-area I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than the preset width; if the left boundary of the sub-area I The distance from the left boundary of the sensory memory area verified before the current moment is greater than the preset width or the distance between the right boundary of the sub-region I and the right boundary of the sensory memory area verified before the current moment is greater than the preset width, It is determined that the distance between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is greater than the preset width.
  • Condition 4 The ratio of the drivable position points in the subregion I is greater than the preset ratio.
  • the ratio of the drivable position points in sub-area I is Is the number of driving position points in sub-area I, Is the number of non-driving position points in subarea I.
  • the vehicle-mounted device determines whether the first area covers the ROI.
  • the region of interest (region of interest, ROI) is the region of interest of the subsequent driving route decision planning module.
  • step S707 is executed; if the first area does not cover the ROI, step S704 is executed.
  • the vehicle-mounted device infers the second area according to the perceptual memory information to obtain the third area and the fourth area.
  • the perceptual memory information includes perceptual memory grid maps at multiple historical moments and the drivability value of each grid in each perceptual memory grid map, and the second region is inferred based on the perceptual memory information to obtain the first
  • the third area and the fourth area include:
  • the driving ability value calculates the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area and the fourth area are determined according to the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area It is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is greater than the first threshold; the fourth area is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is not greater than the first threshold.
  • the perceptual memory grid maps of multiple historical moments are respectively transformed from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps, including:
  • the perceptual memory grid maps of the multiple historical moments are respectively converted from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain the multiple world grid maps;
  • the first conversion formula is: Among them, (x vt0 ,y vt0 ) are the coordinates of any drivable location point P in the perception memory grid map at historical time t0 in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, and (x wt0 ,y wt0 ) is the drivable location point
  • First conversion matrix (x t0 , y t0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at historical time t0 in the world standard system, and ⁇ t0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at historical time t0.
  • converting the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map includes:
  • the second conversion formula is: (x wp ,y wp ) is the coordinates of any travelable position point P'in the inference area in the world coordinate system, (x vp ,y vp ) is the vehicle coordinate system of the self-vehicle at the current moment The coordinates below, Is the second conversion matrix;
  • Second conversion matrix (x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and ⁇ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
  • calculating the drivability value of each grid in the first inference grid map according to the drivability value of each grid in the perceptual memory grid map includes:
  • the drivability value of the multiple historical moments is the drivability value of the corresponding grid in the perceptual memory grid map of the multiple historical moments in the grid of the p-th column and the q-th row;
  • the drivability value of the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map is: Sensing a corresponding memory in raster map raster historic time t travelable ability value, k 't' is the weight of.
  • the upper part is the perceptual memory grid map of n historical moments
  • the lower part is the area where the perceptual memory grid map of n historical moments overlaps with the second area, that is, the lower part Part is the first inference grid map.
  • the gray grid in the perceptual memory grid map of n historical moments is the grid corresponding to the gray grid in the lower part.
  • the vehicle-mounted device determines whether the first area and the third area cover the ROI.
  • step S707 is executed; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, then step S706 is executed.
  • the vehicle-mounted device infers the fourth area according to the information of the driving position point to obtain the fifth area.
  • the vehicle-mounted device before inferring the fourth area based on the drivable position point information, obtains the drivable area position point information, where the drivable position point information includes the self-vehicle drivable position point information and/ Or the location information of the surrounding vehicles.
  • the location information of the self-vehicle can be obtained from the driving information of the self-vehicle, and it can also be obtained from the roadside unit and/or the cloud information platform.
  • the location information of the surrounding vehicles can be obtained according to the information of the surrounding vehicles. , It can also be obtained from the cloud information platform and/or from the roadside unit.
  • the driving position point information can be transmitted to the roadside unit and/or the cloud information platform; the vehicle-mounted device can obtain the surrounding vehicles according to the driving information of the surrounding vehicles
  • the drivable position point information of the surrounding vehicles is transmitted to the roadside unit and/or cloud information platform; the roadside unit will obtain the drivable position point information of the surrounding vehicles and the drivable position of its own vehicle Point information is transmitted to the cloud information platform.
  • the vehicle-mounted device obtains the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles according to the driving information of the surrounding vehicles, including:
  • the vehicle-mounted device acquires the driving information of surrounding vehicles and the driving information of the own vehicle.
  • the driving information of the surrounding vehicles includes relative position coordinates and longitudinal relative speed.
  • the driving information of the own vehicle includes the absolute position coordinates, absolute speed and heading angle of the vehicle.
  • the relative position coordinates are the coordinates of the surrounding vehicles in the vehicle coordinate system, and the absolute position coordinates are the coordinates in the world coordinate system;
  • the vehicle-mounted device obtains the surrounding vehicles according to the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle and the relative position coordinates of the surrounding vehicles
  • the drivable position point coordinates of the surrounding vehicles are the coordinates of the surrounding vehicles in the world coordinate system;
  • the type of the drivable position point coordinates of the surrounding vehicles is determined according to the longitudinal relative speed of the surrounding vehicles and the absolute speed of the own vehicle, where ,
  • the types of the drivable position point coordinates include the reverse direction drivable position point coordinates and the same direction drivable position point coordinates.
  • the vehicle-mounted device obtains the coordinates of the vehicle A's traversable position point according to the absolute position coordinates of the vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A, including:
  • the fourth conversion formula is: (x Av , y Av ) are the relative position coordinates of vehicle A, (x Aw , y Aw ) are the coordinates of the position where vehicle A can travel;
  • Third conversion matrix (x 0 , y 0 ) is the absolute position coordinate of the own vehicle at the current moment, ⁇ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment, and vehicle A is any of the surrounding vehicles.
  • the absolute speed of vehicle A is If the absolute speed V 0 of vehicle A is less than the first speed threshold VT1 , vehicle A is determined to be a stationary vehicle; otherwise, vehicle A is determined to be a moving vehicle, where ( ⁇ V x , ⁇ V y ) means that vehicle A is in the vehicle coordinate system The horizontal relative speed and the vertical relative speed of the bottom.
  • the vehicle-mounted device determines the type of absolute position coordinates of the surrounding vehicles at t0 according to the absolute speed of the vehicle and the longitudinal relative speed of the surrounding vehicles. Specifically, the vehicle-mounted device determines the surrounding vehicles according to the longitudinal relative speed of the surrounding vehicles and the absolute speed of the vehicle. For vehicle A, if V s + ⁇ V x >V T2 , it is determined that the driving direction of vehicle A is the same as the driving direction of its own vehicle according to the driving direction of surrounding vehicles. And then determine that the vehicle A’s travelable position point coordinates are the same direction travelable position point coordinates.
  • V s + ⁇ V x ⁇ -V T2 determine that the driving direction of vehicle A is opposite to the driving direction of the vehicle, and then determine the vehicle
  • the coordinates of the drivable position point of A are the coordinates of the drivable position point in the reverse direction, where V T2 is the second speed threshold.
  • the vehicle-mounted device divides the coordinates of the driving position points of the surrounding vehicles into road direction 1 and road direction 2, and road direction 1 and road direction 2 are two opposite directions on the same road.
  • the vehicle-mounted device determines that the reverse direction travelable position point coordinates are the coordinates in the road direction 2. And save the coordinates of the reverse drivable position point to the roadside unit on the road direction 2 side; if the own vehicle is not traveling along the road direction 1, the vehicle-mounted device determines that the reverse drivable position point coordinates are the coordinates on the road direction 1. , And save the coordinates of the reverse drivable position point to the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1.
  • the on-board device should synchronize The coordinates of the driving position point are the coordinates on the road direction 1, and the coordinates of the driving position point in the same direction are saved in the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1. If the vehicle is not traveling along the road direction 1, the vehicle-mounted device It is determined that the coordinates of the driving position point in the same direction are the coordinates on the road direction 2, and the coordinates of the driving position point in the same direction are saved in the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 2.
  • the process of obtaining the coordinates of the vehicle A's driving position point by the above-mentioned on-board device can be regarded as obtaining the coordinates of the driving position point of the surrounding vehicles at a certain moment, and the vehicle device may obtain the surrounding vehicles at different times according to the above method.
  • the coordinates of the driving position point can be the driving position point information.
  • the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1 sends the received coordinates of the drivable position point to the cloud information platform
  • the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 2 sends the received coordinates of the drivable position point To the cloud information platform.
  • the in-vehicle device sends the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles to the cloud information platform.
  • the driving position points of the own vehicle include safe driving position points and driving risk position points
  • the vehicle-mounted device obtains the driving position point information of the own vehicle according to the driving information of the own vehicle, which specifically includes:
  • the vehicle-mounted device obtains the coordinates of the current position of the vehicle and determines whether the current position of the vehicle is a safe driving position.
  • the vehicle-mounted device determining whether the current position of the vehicle is a safe driving position includes: judging whether the vehicle is at the current position Whether the driving mode is manual driving mode, if it is determined that the driving mode of the own car at the current position is manual driving mode, the current position of the own car is determined to be a safe driving position; if the driving mode of the own car at the current position is determined to be In the automatic driving mode, it is judged whether there is a driving safety risk at the current position of the vehicle; if the vehicle has a driving safety risk at the current position, the current position of the vehicle is determined as the driving risk position; if the vehicle is at the current position If there is no driving safety risk, the current position of the vehicle is determined to be a safe driving position.
  • the driving safety position point includes the driving safety position point on the road direction 1 and the driving safety position point on the road direction 2
  • the driving risk position point includes the driving risk position point on the road direction 1 and the driving risk on the road direction 2.
  • the driving safety location point of the own vehicle It is a safe driving position point in road direction 2
  • the driving risk position point of the own vehicle is the driving risk position point in road direction 2
  • the driving safety position point and driving risk position point of the own vehicle are saved to road direction 2.
  • the roadside unit on the side In the roadside unit on the side.
  • the vehicle-mounted device determines whether the vehicle has a driving safety risk at the current location, specifically determining whether the vehicle has a collision risk or abnormal driving behavior at the current location. If it is determined that the vehicle is at the current location If there is a collision risk or abnormal driving behavior at the location point, it is determined that the own vehicle has a driving safety risk at the current location point; if it is determined that the own vehicle has no collision risk and no abnormal driving behavior at the current location point, it is determined that the own vehicle does not Driving safety risks.
  • determining whether the vehicle has a collision risk at the current location by the vehicle-mounted device specifically includes:
  • the vehicle-mounted device obtains the included angle ⁇ formed by the traveling direction of the own vehicle and the traveling direction of the vehicle S, and the vehicle S is any of the surrounding vehicles traveling in the same direction as the own vehicle; when the included angle ⁇ is greater than the second preset angle, according to the intersection
  • the mode risk discrimination method determines whether the own vehicle has a collision risk at the current position; when the included angle ⁇ is less than the second preset angle, the rear-end collision risk discrimination method determines whether the own vehicle has a collision risk at the current position.
  • the relative speed of the vehicle E in the vehicle coordinate system is ( ⁇ V Ex , ⁇ V Ey ), the coordinates of the relative position point B are (x Ev , y Ev ), and the vehicle is in the driving direction
  • the absolute speed on is V s
  • the lower relative position point is denoted as A', as shown in Figure 11, point O is the potential collision point between the own vehicle and the vehicle E.
  • the time from the vehicle to the potential collision point O is:
  • the time from the weekly car to the potential collision point O is:
  • the vehicle-mounted device determines that the vehicle has a risk of collision at the current location point, where ⁇ is the preset threshold, and R 0 is the risk threshold.
  • the preset threshold ⁇ may be 0.5s
  • the risk threshold R 0 may be 0.5.
  • the vehicle-mounted device determines whether the vehicle has a collision risk at the current position according to a rear-end collision risk discrimination method, including:
  • condition 1 is:
  • condition 2 is:
  • TTC is the collision time between the vehicle and the surrounding vehicle in front of it.
  • b and c are constants
  • is the horizontal distance threshold
  • is the horizontal distance between the own vehicle and the vehicle E.
  • the vehicle-mounted device determines whether the own vehicle has abnormal driving behavior at the current location point, which specifically includes:
  • the vehicle-mounted device determines whether there is emergency braking or emergency steering at the current location, and if it is determined that the own vehicle has emergency braking or emergency steering at the current location, it determines that the own vehicle has abnormal driving behavior at the current location ; If it is determined that the own vehicle has no emergency braking and no emergency steering behavior at the current position, it is determined that the own vehicle has no abnormal driving behavior at the current position.
  • the vehicle-mounted device determines whether the own vehicle has an emergency braking behavior at the current position, which specifically includes:
  • the vehicle-mounted device obtains the longitudinal acceleration a lon of the vehicle at the current position. If the longitudinal acceleration a lon is less than the preset acceleration a T , it is determined that the vehicle has emergency braking behavior at the current position; if the longitudinal acceleration a lon is not less than the preset acceleration a lon With acceleration a T , it is determined that the vehicle has no emergency braking behavior at the current position.
  • the preset acceleration a T may be -6 m/s 2 or other values.
  • the vehicle-mounted device determines whether the own vehicle has an emergency steering behavior at the current position, which specifically includes:
  • the vehicle-mounted device obtains the steering wheel angle rate of the vehicle at the current position If the steering wheel angle rate Greater than preset rate It is determined that the vehicle has an emergency steering behavior at the current position; if the steering wheel angle rate Not greater than the preset rate It is determined that the vehicle has no emergency steering behavior at the current position.
  • preset rate It can be 100°/s 2 or other values.
  • the road-drivable position point information may be generated by the own vehicle or another vehicle, or may be obtained by the own vehicle from the roadside unit or cloud information platform of the road section where it is located.
  • the vehicle-mounted device can obtain the position point coordinates of the self-vehicle at different times according to the above method, and determine the safe driving position and the driving risk position of the self-vehicle at different times.
  • the vehicle-mounted device infers the fourth area according to the drivable location point to obtain the fifth area, which specifically includes:
  • the location point to be inferred from the driveable location point, which is the driveable location point located in the area where the fourth area overlaps the ROI; convert the coordinates of the location to be inferred from the world coordinate system to that of the vehicle Under the vehicle coordinate system, in order to obtain the driving area to be inferred, the driving area to be inferred is the area formed by the inferred position points in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle; grid division is performed on the driving area to be inferred to obtain the second Inference grid map; calculate the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map; determine the fifth area according to the drivability value of each grid, The fifth area is an area composed of grids with a drivability value greater than the second threshold in the second inference grid map.
  • the drivable location point information can also be represented by the data structure [timestamp,(x w ,y w , ⁇ w ),Label], and timestamp is the time at which the drivable location point is obtained, that is, the timestamp; (x w ,y w , ⁇ w ) are the coordinates of the drivable position point in the world coordinate system and the angle of the front of the vehicle, and Label is used to characterize the type of the drivable position point. Label includes four types, namely direct, inverse, safe and danger.
  • direct means that the drivable position point is the drivable position point of the car traveling in the same direction
  • inverse means the drivable position point is the drivable position point of the car traveling in the reverse direction
  • safe means the drivable position point is the safety of the vehicle.
  • the driving position point, danger indicates that the driving position point is the driving dangerous position point of the vehicle.
  • the vehicle-mounted device converts the coordinates of the location point to be inferred from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle to obtain the travelable area to be inferred, including:
  • the third conversion formula is: Among them, (x dw , y dw ) is the coordinate of any inferred position point D in the world coordinate system of the inferred position points, (x dv , y dv ) is the coordinate system of the inferred position D in the own vehicle The coordinates below, Is the second conversion matrix,
  • Second conversion matrix (x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and ⁇ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
  • the vehicle-mounted device calculates the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map, which specifically includes:
  • the drivability values at different moments are calculated according to the drivable position point information in the i-th column and j-th row grid in the second inference grid map; the drivability values at different times are weighted and summed to obtain the first The drivability value of the grid in column i and row j.
  • the drivability value of the raster in the i-th column and the j-th row in the raster map of the drivable area Is the drivability value at time t in the grid of column i and row j, k t is the weight of.
  • the drivability value at time t in the grid of column i and row j It can be calculated using the following formula:
  • the fifth area is determined according to the drivability value of each grid, including:
  • the drivable area grid map is divided into drivable area, non-driving area or uncertain area, where the drivable area is the drivable area
  • the non-driving area is the area composed of grids with a raster drivability value less than - ⁇
  • the uncertain area is a grid composed of grids with a drivability value not less than - ⁇ and not greater than ⁇ Area.
  • the black area is the drivable area
  • the gray area is the undrivable area
  • the white area is the uncertain area.
  • the vehicle-mounted device performs route decision planning according to the drivable area of the road to obtain a planned driving route.
  • the road drivable area includes the first area; if the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the road drivable area includes the first area and the third area; if the vehicle-mounted device executes the steps S706:
  • the road traversable area includes a first area, a third area, and a fifth area.
  • the cloud information platform obtains the drivable area of the own vehicle according to the relevant content executed by the on-board device in the above steps S702-S706, and then transmits the drivable area to the on-board device of the own vehicle. Make route decision planning according to the drivable area of the road to obtain the planned driving route.
  • the vehicle-mounted device verifies the perceived drivable area, and determines that the perceptual drivable area is a reliable travelable area; if the verified travelable area covers the ROI, the vehicle-mounted device determines The perceptually reliable drivable area performs route decision planning to obtain a planned driving route; if the verified drivable area does not cover the ROI, the vehicle-mounted device compares the ROI with the perceptual memory area except for the verified drivable area The reasoning is performed outside the area. For the specific reasoning process, please refer to the relevant description of step S704, which will not be described here.
  • step S704 if the vehicle-mounted device verifies the perceived travelable area, and it is determined that the perceived travelable area is a travelable area with unreliable verification, the vehicle-mounted device is not reliable for the verification based on the perceived memory area.
  • the perceived drivable area is acquired; the perceptual drivable area is verified to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is a reliable drivable area.
  • the second area is a drivable area with unreliable verification; if the first area does not cover the area of interest ROI, the second area is inferred based on the perceptual memory information of the drivable area to obtain the third area and the fourth area ,
  • the third area is the area where the perceptual memory area overlaps with the second area, and the fourth area is the area not covered by the perceptual memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, then according to the driving position point
  • the fourth area is inferred to obtain the fifth area; the fifth area is the drivable area in the fourth area; the first area, the third area and the fifth area are determined as road drivable areas.
  • the road can be driven position points are generated, and with the help of car end-cloud-roadside
  • the end data sharing mode allows all vehicles to use the data to reason about the drivable area. It is suitable for structured roads and unstructured roads, does not depend on the vehicle's own motion state, and does not require other vehicles around the vehicle in real time.
  • the automatic driving system can therefore make decision planning with the use of reasoning information in the drivable area when it perceives short-term and long-term abnormalities in the drivable area, avoiding the failure of the automatic driving system, increasing the coverage of the operating conditions of the system, and improving system availability and user experience.
  • the invention can reduce the dependence of the automatic driving system on real-time perception, increase the fault-tolerant ability of the automatic driving system on real-time perception, and improve the reliability and safety of the automatic driving system when the perception of the road drivable area is uncertain.
  • the data of the drivable location points with a newer timestamp has a higher weight, so as to ensure that the inference results have better real-time performance and avoid temporary changes in road structure (such as road construction).
  • Negative Effects The specific implementation takes into account the historical driving position of the human driver and the safe road position in automatic driving mode (increase the drivability value of this position) and the risk road position in the automatic driving mode (decrease the drivable value of this position). For the user's common driving route, the automatic driving system using this application has the characteristic of "the more open the better".
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a road drivable area reasoning device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device 1300 for inference of road drivable area includes:
  • the obtaining module 1301 is used to obtain the perceived drivable area
  • the verification module 1302 is used to verify the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is a drivable area with reliable verification, and the second area is a drivable area with unreliable verification.
  • Driving area is a drivable area with reliable verification, and the second area is a drivable area with unreliable verification.
  • the inference module 1303 is used to if the first area does not cover the area of interest ROI, infer the second area according to the perceptual memory information of the drivable area to obtain the third area and the fourth area.
  • the third area is the perceptual memory area and The area where the second area overlaps, and the fourth area is the area that is not covered by the sensory memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the fourth area is performed according to the driving position.
  • Reason to get the fifth area the fifth area is the drivable area in the fourth area;
  • the determining module 1304 is configured to determine the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as road drivable areas.
  • the verification module 1302 is specifically configured to:
  • condition 1 to condition 4 are:
  • w i is the width of the sub-area I, and W is determined according to the experience width of the drivable area and the memory width of the drivable area;
  • Condition 2 The angle between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the adjacent sub-region is not greater than the first preset angle
  • Condition 3 The distance between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than the preset width
  • Condition 4 The ratio of the drivable position points in the subregion I is greater than the preset ratio.
  • the perceptual memory information includes perceptual memory grid maps at multiple historical moments and the drivability value of each grid in each perceptual memory grid map.
  • the perceptual memory information is used to compare the second area Perform reasoning to obtain aspects of the third area and the fourth area, and the reasoning module 1303 is specifically used to:
  • the driving ability value calculates the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area and the fourth area are determined according to the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area It is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is greater than the first threshold; the fourth area is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is not greater than the first threshold.
  • the reasoning module 1303 is specifically used for:
  • the perceptual memory grid maps of multiple historical moments are respectively converted from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps;
  • the first conversion formula is: Among them, (x vt0 ,y vt0 ) are the coordinates of any drivable location point P in the perception memory grid map at historical time t0 in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, and (x wt0 ,y wt0 ) is the drivable location point
  • First conversion matrix (x t0 , y t0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at historical time t0 in the world standard system, and ⁇ t0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at historical time t0.
  • the inference module 1303 is specifically configured to:
  • the second conversion formula is: (x wp ,y wp ) is the coordinates of any travelable position point P'in the inference area in the world coordinate system, (x vp ,y vp ) is the vehicle coordinate system of the self-vehicle at the current moment The coordinates below, Is the second conversion matrix;
  • Second conversion matrix (x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and ⁇ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
  • the inference module 1303 specifically uses in:
  • the drivability value of multiple historical moments is the drivability value of the corresponding grid in the perceptual memory grid map of the grid of the p-th column and the q-th row at multiple historical moments;
  • the drivability value of the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map is:
  • k' t ' is the weight of.
  • the inference module 1303 is specifically configured to:
  • the location point to be inferred from the driveable location point, which is the driveable location point located in the area where the fourth area overlaps the ROI; convert the coordinates of the location to be inferred from the world coordinate system to that of the vehicle Under the vehicle coordinate system, in order to obtain the driving area to be inferred, the driving area to be inferred is the area formed by the inferred position points in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle; grid division is performed on the driving area to be inferred to obtain the second Inference grid map; calculate the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map; determine the fifth area according to the drivability value of each grid, The fifth area is an area composed of grids with a drivability value greater than the second threshold in the second inference grid map.
  • the inference module 1303 is specifically configured to:
  • the third conversion formula is: Among them, (x dw , y dw ) is the coordinate of any inferred position point D in the world coordinate system of the inferred position points, (x dv , y dv ) is the coordinate system of the inferred position D in the own vehicle The coordinates below, Is the second conversion matrix,
  • Second conversion matrix (x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and ⁇ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
  • the inference module 1303 is specifically configured to:
  • the drivability values at different moments are calculated according to the drivable position point information in the i-th column and j-th row grid in the second inference grid map; the drivability values at different times are weighted and summed to obtain the first The drivability value of the grid in column i and row j;
  • the drivability value of the grid in the i-th column and the j-th row is Is the drivability value at time t, k t is the weight of,
  • the drivable position point includes the drivable position point of the self-vehicle, and the acquisition module 1301 is further used for:
  • the driving position points of the own vehicle include the driving safety position points and the driving risk position points; wherein, obtaining the driving position points of the own vehicle includes : Determine whether the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual driving mode; if the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual driving mode, determine the current position of the own vehicle as a safe driving position; If the driving mode at its current location is automatic driving mode, it is determined whether the vehicle has a risk of collision or abnormal driving behavior at its current location; if it is determined that the vehicle has no risk of collision and no abnormal driving behavior at its current location, the vehicle is determined The current position point of is a safe driving position; if it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision or abnormal driving behavior at its current position, the current position of the own vehicle is determined to be a dangerous driving position.
  • the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
  • the intersection mode risk judgment method is used to determine whether the own vehicle has a collision at its current position Risk: If the included angle ⁇ is not greater than the second preset angle, the rear-end collision mode risk judgment method is used to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at its current position.
  • the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
  • the first time is the time required for the vehicle to travel from its current position to the potential collision point
  • the second time is the time required for the vehicle E to travel from its current position to the potential collision point
  • formula 1 and Formula 2 it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision at its current position
  • formula 2 it is determined that the vehicle has no risk of collision at its current position
  • formula 1 is:
  • formula 2 is: TTX 1 is the first time, TTX 2 is the second time, ⁇ is the preset threshold, and R 0 is the risk threshold.
  • the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
  • the formula 3 is:
  • the formula 4 is: a and b are constants, R 0 is the risk threshold, ⁇ is the horizontal distance threshold, and
  • the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
  • the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
  • the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
  • the road drivable area reasoning device 1300 further includes a storage module 1305;
  • the determining module 1304 is also used for determining that the driving position point of the own vehicle is the driving position in the road direction 1 if the driving position point of the own vehicle is driving along the road direction 1 at its current position after the acquiring module 1301 acquires Location point, saving module 1305, used to save the drivable location point on the road direction 1 to the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1, where the drivable location point on the road direction 1 includes the driving safety in the road direction 1. Location and driving risk location on road direction 1;
  • the determination module 1304 is also used for determining that the vehicle can travel along the road direction 2 at its current position, and then determine the travelable location point of the vehicle as the travelable location point on the road direction 2, and the storage module 1305 is used to change the road direction 2
  • the drivable position points on the road side are saved to the roadside unit on the road direction 2 side, where the drivable position points on the road direction 2 include the safe driving position on the road direction 1 and the driving risk position on the road direction 2; wherein, Road direction 1 and road direction 2 are opposite directions on the same road.
  • the obtaining module 1301 is also used to:
  • the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles includes the coordinates of the driving position point in the same direction and the coordinates of the driving position point in the reverse direction.
  • the acquisition module 1301 also uses in:
  • the driving information of vehicle A includes relative position coordinates and longitudinal relative speed
  • the driving information of own vehicle includes absolute position coordinates and absolute speed in the direction of travel.
  • the heading angle of the vehicle according to the absolute position coordinates of the vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A, the coordinates of the vehicle A's driving position are obtained; according to the longitudinal relative speed of the vehicle A and the absolute speed of the vehicle, the vehicle A can be determined
  • the type of the driving position point; the type of the driving position point coordinate of the vehicle A includes the reverse driving position point coordinate or the same direction driving position point coordinate; wherein, the relative position coordinate is the coordinate in the vehicle coordinate system, and the vehicle A
  • the coordinates of the driving position point are the coordinates in the world coordinate system.
  • the acquiring module 1301 is further used to:
  • the fourth conversion formula is: (x Av , y Av ) are the relative position coordinates of vehicle A, (x Aw , y Aw ) are the coordinates of the position where vehicle A can travel;
  • Third conversion matrix (x 0 ,y 0 ) is the absolute position coordinate of the own vehicle at the current moment, and ⁇ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment.
  • the acquiring module 1301 is also used to:
  • the coordinates of the vehicle A can be driven position point are determined to be the same direction; if the longitudinal absolute speed of vehicle A is less than the preset speed threshold, the vehicle A's The coordinates of the driving position point are the coordinates of the driving position point in the reverse direction.
  • the determining module 1304 is also used to determine if the vehicle A is driving along the road direction 1, the coordinates of the vehicle A's driving position point are the coordinates in the road direction 1, and the saving module 1305 is also used to Save the point coordinates of the vehicle A's driveable position to the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1;
  • the determining module 1304 is also used to determine if the vehicle A travels along the road direction 2, the driveable position point of the lane A is the coordinate on the road direction 2, and the storage module 1305 is used to save the vehicle A's driveable position point coordinates To the roadside unit on the side of road direction 2; wherein, road direction 1 and road direction 2 are two opposite directions on the same road.
  • the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
  • the determining module 1304 is further configured to:
  • the first area covers the ROI, the first area is determined to be a drivable area on the road.
  • the determining module 1304 is further configured to:
  • the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the first area and the third area are determined as the road drivable area.
  • the above-mentioned units are used to execute the relevant steps of the above method.
  • the acquiring module 1301 is used to execute the relevant content of steps S701 and S706
  • the verification module 1302 is used to execute the relevant content of step S702
  • the inference module 1303 is used to execute the relevant content of steps S704 and S706, the determining module 1304 and the saving module 1305 Used to perform S702-S706 related content.
  • the road drivable area reasoning device 1300 is presented in the form of a module.
  • the “module” here can refer to application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), processors and memories that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions .
  • ASICs application-specific integrated circuits
  • the above acquisition module 1301, verification module 1302, inference module 1303, and determination module 1304 can be implemented by the processor 1401 of the road drivable area inference device shown in FIG. 14.
  • the road drivable area inference device 1400 can be implemented with the structure in FIG. 14.
  • the road drivable area inference device 1400 includes at least one processor 1401, at least one memory 1402 and at least one communication interface 1403.
  • the processor 1401, the memory 1402, and the communication interface 1403 are connected through the communication bus and complete mutual communication.
  • the processor 1401 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits used to control the execution of the above program programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication interface 1403 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access network (RAN), wireless local area network (Wireless Local Area Networks, WLAN), etc.
  • devices or communication networks such as Ethernet, wireless access network (RAN), wireless local area network (Wireless Local Area Networks, WLAN), etc.
  • the memory 1402 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions
  • the dynamic storage device can also be Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM), CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • the memory can exist independently and is connected to the processor through a bus.
  • the memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 1402 is used to store application program codes for executing the above solutions, and the processor 1401 controls the execution.
  • the processor 1401 is configured to execute application program codes stored in the memory 1402.
  • the code stored in the memory 1402 can execute the above-provided road drivable area reasoning method, such as:
  • the perceived drivable area perform verification on the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is the drivable area with reliable verification and the second area is the drivable area with unreliable verification Area; if the first area does not cover the area of interest ROI, the second area is inferred based on the perceptual memory information of the drivable area to obtain the third area and the fourth area, the third area is the perceptual memory area overlapping the second area
  • the fourth area is the area not covered by the sensory memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the fourth area is inferred based on the driving position point to obtain the fifth area;
  • the fifth area is a drivable area in the fourth area; the first area, the third area and the fifth area are determined as road drivable areas.
  • the disclosed methods may be implemented as computer program instructions encoded on a computer-readable storage medium in a machine-readable format or encoded on other non-transitory media or articles.
  • Figure 15 schematically illustrates a conceptual partial view of an example computer program product arranged in accordance with at least some of the embodiments shown herein, the example computer program product comprising a computer program for executing a computer process on a computing device.
  • the example computer program product 1500 is provided using a signal bearing medium 1501.
  • the signal bearing medium 1501 may include one or more program instructions 1502, which, when executed by one or more processors, can provide the functions or part of the functions described above with respect to FIG. 7.
  • program instructions 1502 in FIG. 15 also describe example instructions.
  • the signal-bearing medium 1501 may include a computer-readable medium 1503, such as, but not limited to, a hard disk drive, compact disk (CD), digital video compact disk (DVD), digital tape, memory, read-only storage memory (Read -Only Memory, ROM) or Random Access Memory (RAM), etc.
  • the signal bearing medium 1501 may include a computer recordable medium 1504, such as, but not limited to, memory, read/write (R/W) CD, R/W DVD, and so on.
  • the signal-bearing medium 1501 may include a communication medium 1505, such as, but not limited to, digital and/or analog communication media (eg, fiber optic cables, waveguides, wired communication links, wireless communication links, etc.).
  • the signal bearing medium 1501 may be communicated by a wireless communication medium 1505 (for example, a wireless communication medium that complies with the IEEE 802.11 standard or other transmission protocols).
  • the one or more program instructions 1502 may be, for example, computer-executable instructions or logic-implemented instructions.
  • a computing device such as that described with respect to FIG. 7 may be configured to, in response to communicating to the computing device via one or more of the computer readable medium 1503, the computer recordable medium 1504, and/or the communication medium 1505,
  • the program instructions 1502 provide various operations, functions, or actions. It should be understood that the arrangement described here is for illustrative purposes only.
  • the disclosed device may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integrate into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable memory.
  • the technical solution of the present invention essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a memory, A number of instructions are included to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present invention.
  • the aforementioned memory includes: U disk, Read-Only Memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), Random Access Memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), mobile hard disk, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
  • the program can be stored in a computer-readable memory, and the memory can include: flash disk , Read-only memory (English: Read-Only Memory, abbreviation: ROM), random access device (English: Random Access Memory, abbreviation: RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc, etc.

Abstract

Provided is an automatic driving technology in the field of artificial intelligence, specifically relating to a reasoning method for road drivable region, including: acquiring a perceptual drivable region; checking the perceptual drivable region to obtain a first region and a second region; if the first region does not cover a region of interest ROI, reasoning on the second region according to perceptual memory information of the drivable region, to obtain a third region and a fourth region; if the first region and the third region do not cover the ROI, reasoning on the fourth region according to a drivable position point to obtain a fifth region; and determining the first region, the third region and the fifth region as the road drivable region. A reasoning device for road drivable region is also disclosed. It is beneficial to obtain an accurate road drivable region when the road drivable region perception result is abnormal, thereby improving the safety, system availability and user experience of the automatic driving system.

Description

道路可行驶区域推理方法及装置Reasoning method and device for road driving area
本申请要求于2019年6月29日递交中国知识产权局、申请号为201910584332.1,发明名称为“道路可行驶区域推理方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the China Intellectual Property Office on June 29, 2019, the application number is 201910584332.1, and the invention title is "Road Driveable Area Reasoning Method and Device", the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference Applying.
技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及设备人工智能领域,尤其涉及一种智能辅助驾驶或者自动驾驶技术中道路可行驶区域推理方法及装置。The present invention relates to the field of equipment artificial intelligence, and in particular to a method and device for reasoning on road traversable areas in intelligent auxiliary driving or automatic driving technology.
背景技术Background technique
人工智能(Artificial Intelligence,AI)是利用数字计算机或者数字计算机控制的机器模拟、延伸和扩展人的智能,感知环境、获取知识并使用知识获得最佳结果的理论、方法、技术及应用系统。换句话说,人工智能是计算机科学的一个分支,它企图了解智能的实质,并生产出一种新的能以人类智能相似的方式作出反应的智能机器。人工智能也就是研究各种智能机器的设计原理与实现方法,使机器具有感知、推理与决策的功能。人工智能领域的研究包括机器人,自然语言处理,计算机视觉,决策与推理,人机交互,推荐与搜索,AI基础理论等。Artificial Intelligence (AI) is a theory, method, technology and application system that uses digital computers or machines controlled by digital computers to simulate, extend and expand human intelligence, perceive the environment, acquire knowledge, and use knowledge to obtain the best results. In other words, artificial intelligence is a branch of computer science that attempts to understand the essence of intelligence and produce a new kind of intelligent machine that can react in a similar way to human intelligence. Artificial intelligence is to study the design principles and implementation methods of various intelligent machines, so that the machines have the functions of perception, reasoning and decision-making. Research in the field of artificial intelligence includes robotics, natural language processing, computer vision, decision-making and reasoning, human-computer interaction, recommendation and search, and basic AI theories.
自动驾驶是人工智能领域的一种主流应用,自动驾驶技术依靠计算机视觉、雷达、监控装置和全球定位系统等协同合作,让机动车辆可以在不需要人类主动操作下,实现自动驾驶。自动驾驶的车辆使用各种计算系统来帮助将乘客从一个位置运输到另一位置。一些自动驾驶车辆可能要求来自操作者(诸如,领航员、驾驶员、或者乘客)的一些初始输入或者连续输入。自动驾驶车辆准许操作者从手动模操作式切换到自东驾驶模式或者介于两者之间的模式。由于自动驾驶技术无需人类来驾驶机动车辆,所以理论上能够有效避免人类的驾驶失误,减少交通事故的发生,且能够提高公路的运输效率。因此,自动驾驶技术越来越受到重视。Autonomous driving is a mainstream application in the field of artificial intelligence. Autonomous driving technology relies on the collaboration of computer vision, radar, monitoring devices, and global positioning systems to allow motor vehicles to achieve autonomous driving without the need for human active operations. Self-driving vehicles use various computing systems to help transport passengers from one location to another. Some autonomous vehicles may require some initial input or continuous input from an operator (such as a navigator, driver, or passenger). The self-driving vehicle allows the operator to switch from the manual mode to the self-driving mode or a mode in between. Since autonomous driving technology does not require humans to drive motor vehicles, it can theoretically effectively avoid human driving errors, reduce traffic accidents, and improve highway transportation efficiency. Therefore, autonomous driving technology has received more and more attention.
对于自动驾驶系统而言,道路可行驶区域感知、行驶路线决策规划、控制是不可或缺的核心关键技术。行驶路线的决策规划是基于道路可行驶区域感知结果实现的,因此道路可行驶区域感知结果的好坏直接影响自动驾驶系统的性能。目前,业界主流方案是基于摄像头视觉检测图像和激光雷达测量点云感知道路可行驶区域。摄像头视觉检测图像结合机器学习算法适用于车道线、转向箭头等路面特征的提取,激光雷达三维测量点云适用于路边沿、路面凸起正障碍物和负障碍物的提取。然而,摄像头、激光雷达等传感器容易受环境影响,光照条件、极端天气会影响道路可行驶区域感知结果的准确性。For autonomous driving systems, road-driving area perception, driving route decision planning, and control are indispensable core key technologies. The decision-making and planning of the driving route is realized based on the perception result of the drivable area of the road. Therefore, the perception result of the drivable area of the road directly affects the performance of the automatic driving system. At present, the mainstream solution in the industry is to perceive the drivable area of the road based on the visual detection image of the camera and the point cloud measurement of the lidar. Camera vision detection images combined with machine learning algorithms are suitable for the extraction of road features such as lane lines and turning arrows. The lidar three-dimensional measurement point cloud is suitable for the extraction of positive and negative obstacles on the edge of the road and on the road surface. However, sensors such as cameras and lidars are easily affected by the environment, and lighting conditions and extreme weather will affect the accuracy of the road-driving area perception results.
在交通拥堵路段,周围车辆造成的遮挡也会影响道路可行驶区域感知效果的准确性,且当前激光雷达价格昂贵,并不是所有量产车型的标准配置。因此,道路可行驶区域感知结果具有不确定性,无法达到100%可靠,进而导致车辆在采用自动驾驶模式行驶时会出现短暂异常甚至长时间失效的情况。In traffic jams, the occlusion caused by surrounding vehicles will also affect the accuracy of the perception of the road's drivable area, and the current lidar is expensive and is not a standard configuration for all mass-produced models. Therefore, the perception result of the drivable area of the road is uncertain and cannot reach 100% reliability, which will lead to short-term abnormalities or even long-term failure when the vehicle is driving in the automatic driving mode.
完全基于道路可行驶区域感知结果进行行驶路线决策规划及控制的自动驾驶系统,无法应对可行驶区域感知结果异常的场景。道路可行驶区域感知结果的异常会直接导致异常 的行驶路线规划决策及控制,进而影响自动驾驶行车安全。在发现道路可行驶区域的感知结果异常时,部分自动驾驶系统会自动停车或者提醒驾驶员接管驾驶。在该情况下,自动驾驶系统安全性得以提升,但自动驾驶系统可用性强依赖于感知能力,道路可行驶区域感知结果异常时自动驾驶功能不可用,用户体验受到影响。为此,针对道路可行驶区域感知异常时,部分自动驾驶系统开发了目标跟随行驶功能,根据跟踪目标轨迹直接生成规划轨迹。该功能增加了自动驾驶系统场景覆盖度,但因缺少道路信息输入,自动驾驶系统表现强依赖跟车目标行为,系统安全性存在隐患。The autonomous driving system, which is based entirely on the road-driving area perception results for driving route decision planning and control, cannot cope with scenarios where the drivable area perception results are abnormal. The abnormality of the perception result of the drivable area of the road will directly lead to abnormal driving route planning decisions and control, and then affect the safety of autonomous driving. When the perception result of the drivable area of the road is abnormal, some automatic driving systems will automatically stop or remind the driver to take over driving. In this case, the safety of the autopilot system is improved, but the usability of the autopilot system is strongly dependent on the perception ability, and the autopilot function is unavailable when the perception result of the drivable area of the road is abnormal, and the user experience is affected. For this reason, some automatic driving systems have developed a target-following driving function for abnormal perceptions of the road's drivable area, and directly generate a planned trajectory according to the tracking target trajectory. This function increases the scene coverage of the automatic driving system, but due to the lack of road information input, the performance of the automatic driving system is strongly dependent on the behavior of following the car, and the system safety has hidden dangers.
综上,道路可行驶区域感知结果的不确定性直接影响自动驾驶系统的安全性、系统可用性及用户体验。In summary, the uncertainty of the perception results of the drivable area of the road directly affects the safety, system availability and user experience of the autonomous driving system.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种道路可行驶区域推理方法及装置,采用本发明实施例有利于在道路可行驶区域感知结果异常时可获取准确的道路可行驶区域,进而提高自动驾驶系统的安全性、系统可用性及用户体验。The embodiment of the present invention provides a road drivable area reasoning method and device. Using the embodiment of the present invention is beneficial to obtain an accurate road drivable area when the road drivable area perception result is abnormal, thereby improving the safety and security of the automatic driving system. System availability and user experience.
第一方面,本发明实施例提供一种道路可行驶区域推理方法,包括:In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a road drivable area reasoning method, including:
获取感知可行驶区域;对感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,其中,第一区域为校验可靠的可行驶区域,第二区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域;若第一区域未覆盖感兴趣区域ROI,则根据可行驶区域感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域,第三区域为感知记忆区域与第二区域重叠的区域,第四区域为第二区域中感知记忆区域未覆盖的区域;若第一区域和第三区域未覆盖ROI,则根据可行驶位置点对第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域;第五区域为第四区域中的可行驶区域;将第一区域,第三区域和第五区域确定为道路可行驶区域。Obtain the perceived drivable area; perform verification on the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is the drivable area with reliable verification and the second area is the drivable area with unreliable verification Area; if the first area does not cover the area of interest ROI, the second area is inferred based on the perceptual memory information of the drivable area to obtain the third area and the fourth area, the third area is the perceptual memory area overlapping the second area The fourth area is the area not covered by the sensory memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the fourth area is inferred based on the driving position point to obtain the fifth area; The fifth area is a drivable area in the fourth area; the first area, the third area and the fifth area are determined as road drivable areas.
通过对感知可行驶区域进行校验和推理,可得到准确的道路可行驶区域,在根据准确的道路可行驶区域进行路线规划时可避免与障碍物和周围车辆发生碰撞,进而提高自动驾驶系统的安全性、系统可用性及用户体验。By verifying and inferring the perceived drivable area, an accurate road drivable area can be obtained. When route planning is based on the accurate road drivable area, collisions with obstacles and surrounding vehicles can be avoided, thereby improving the performance of the autonomous driving system. Security, system availability and user experience.
在一个可行的实施例中,对感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,包括:In a feasible embodiment, verifying the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area includes:
判断感知可行驶区域的双侧道路边界是否存在;若确定感知可行驶区域的双侧道路边界存在,则对感知可行驶区域进行区域划分,以得到多个子区域;判断子区域I满足条件1-条件4中的每一项;若子区域I满足条件1-条件4中的每一项,则确定子区域I为校验可靠的子区域;若子区域I不满足条件1-条件4中的任一项,则确定子区域I为校验不可靠的区域;其中,子区域I为多个子区域中的任一个,第一区域为多个子区域中校验可靠的子区域构成的区域,第二区域为多个子区域中校验不可靠的子区域构成的区域。Determine whether there is a road boundary on both sides of the perceived drivable area; if it is determined that the road boundary on both sides of the perceived drivable area exists, divide the perceptible drivable area to obtain multiple sub-areas; determine that sub-area I satisfies condition 1- Each item in condition 4; if sub-area I meets each of conditions 1-condition 4, sub-area I is determined to be a sub-area with reliable verification; if sub-area I does not meet any of conditions 1-condition 4 Item, it is determined that sub-region I is an area with unreliable verification; among them, sub-region I is any one of a plurality of sub-regions, the first region is an area composed of sub-regions with reliable verification among multiple sub-regions, and the second region It is an area composed of sub-areas with unreliable verification among multiple sub-areas.
在一个可行的实施例中,条件1-条件4分别为:In a feasible embodiment, condition 1 to condition 4 are:
条件1:子区域I的宽度满足以下条件:Condition 1: The width of sub-region I satisfies the following conditions:
k minW≤w i≤k maxW k min W≤w i ≤k max W
其中,w i为子区域I的宽度,W根据可行驶区域经验宽度和可行驶区域记忆宽度确定; Among them, w i is the width of the sub-area I, and W is determined according to the experience width of the drivable area and the memory width of the drivable area;
条件2:子区域I的边界与其相邻子区域的边界的夹角不大于第一预设角度;Condition 2: The angle between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the adjacent sub-region is not greater than the first preset angle;
条件3:子区域I的边界与在当前时刻之前经校验的感知记忆区域的边界之间的距离不大于预设宽度;Condition 3: The distance between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than the preset width;
条件4:子区域I中的可行驶位置点的比例大于预设比例。Condition 4: The ratio of the drivable position points in the subregion I is greater than the preset ratio.
在对感知可行驶区域进行校验时,不仅考虑到感知记忆区域,还考虑到道路常识信息,比如对边界完整性、宽度、相邻区域边界夹角进行检测,提高了最终达到的道路可行驶区域的准确性,在根据准确的道路可行驶区域进行路线规划时可避免与障碍物和周围车辆发生碰撞,进而提高自动驾驶系统的安全性、系统可用性及用户体验。When verifying the perceived drivable area, not only the perceptual memory area is taken into account, but also road common sense information, such as the detection of boundary integrity, width, and boundary angles of adjacent areas, to improve the ultimate road drivability. The accuracy of the area can avoid collisions with obstacles and surrounding vehicles when planning routes based on accurate road drivable areas, thereby improving the safety, system availability and user experience of the automatic driving system.
在一个可行的实施例中,感知记忆信息包括多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图及每个感知记忆栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值,根据感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域,包括:In a feasible embodiment, the perceptual memory information includes perceptual memory grid maps at multiple historical moments and the drivability value of each grid in each perceptual memory grid map, and the second area is performed according to the perceptual memory information. Reasoning to get the third area and the fourth area, including:
将多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图;获取推理区域,推理区域为多个世界栅格地图与第二区域重叠的区域;将推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图;根据感知记忆栅格地图中栅格的可行驶能力值计算第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值;根据第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定第三区域和第四区域;第三区域为第一推理栅格地图中可行驶能力值大于第一阈值的栅格组成的区域;第四区域为第一推理栅格地图中可行驶能力值不大于第一阈值的栅格组成的区域。Convert the sensory memory grid maps of multiple historical moments from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps; obtain the reasoning area, which is multiple world grids The area where the grid map overlaps the second area; convert the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map; according to the perceptual memory of the grid in the grid map The driving ability value calculates the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area and the fourth area are determined according to the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area It is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is greater than the first threshold; the fourth area is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is not greater than the first threshold.
通过感知记忆栅格地图对第二区域进行推理得到第二区域中的可行驶区域,实现了在感知可行驶区域异常时可以继续进行可行驶区域的推理,减小了自动驾驶系统的对感知可行驶区域的依赖性,增加了自动驾驶系统对实时感知的可行驶区域的容错能力,提高了自动驾驶系统的可靠性和安全性。The driving area in the second area is obtained by reasoning on the second area through the perceptual memory grid map, which realizes that the reasoning of the driving area can be continued when the driving area is abnormal, and the perception of the automatic driving system is reduced. The dependence of the driving area increases the fault tolerance of the automatic driving system to the real-time senseable driving area, and improves the reliability and safety of the automatic driving system.
在一个可行的实施例中,将多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图,包括:In a feasible embodiment, the perceptual memory grid maps of multiple historical moments are respectively transformed from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps, including:
根据第一转换公式将多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图;According to the first conversion formula, the perceptual memory grid maps of multiple historical moments are respectively converted from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps;
其中,第一转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000001
其中,(x vt0,y vt0)为历史时刻t0感知记忆栅格地图内的任一可行驶位置点P在自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,(x wt0,y wt0)为可行驶位置点P在世界坐标系下的坐标,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000002
为第一转换矩阵,
Among them, the first conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000001
Among them, (x vt0 ,y vt0 ) are the coordinates of any drivable location point P in the perception memory grid map at historical time t0 in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, and (x wt0 ,y wt0 ) is the drivable location point The coordinates of P in the world coordinate system,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000002
Is the first conversion matrix,
第一转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000003
(x t0,y t0)为历史时刻t0自车在世界标系下的坐标,θ t0为历史时刻t0自车的车头朝向角度。
First conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000003
(x t0 , y t0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at historical time t0 in the world standard system, and θ t0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at historical time t0.
在一个可行的实施例中,将推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图,包括:In a feasible embodiment, converting the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map includes:
根据第二转换公式将推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图;Convert the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment according to the second conversion formula to obtain the first inference grid map;
其中,第二转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000004
(x wp,y wp)为推理区域内任一可行驶位置点P’在世界坐标系下的坐标,(x vp,y vp)为可行驶位置点P’当前时刻在自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000005
为第二转换矩阵;
Among them, the second conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000004
(x wp ,y wp ) is the coordinates of any travelable position point P'in the inference area in the world coordinate system, (x vp ,y vp ) is the vehicle coordinate system of the self-vehicle at the current moment The coordinates below,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000005
Is the second conversion matrix;
第二转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000006
(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻自车在世界坐标系下的坐标,θ 0为当前时刻自车的车头朝向角度。
Second conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000006
(x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and θ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
在一个可行的实施例中,根据感知记忆栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值计算第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值,包括:In a feasible embodiment, calculating the drivability value of each grid in the first inference grid map according to the drivability value of each grid in the perceptual memory grid map includes:
对第一推理栅格地图中第p列第q行栅格对应的多个历史时刻的可行驶能力值进行加权求和,以得到第一推理栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值;多个历史时刻的可行驶能力值为第p列第q行栅格在多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图中对应的栅格的可行驶能力值;Perform a weighted summation on the drivability value of multiple historical moments corresponding to the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map to obtain the drivability value of each grid in the first inference grid map The drivability value of multiple historical moments is the drivability value of the corresponding grid in the perceptual memory grid map of the grid of the p-th column and the q-th row at multiple historical moments;
其中,第一推理栅格地图中第p列第q行栅格的可行驶能力值为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000007
为在历史时刻t’的感知记忆栅格地图中对应的栅格的可行驶能力值,k' t'
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000008
的权重。
Among them, the drivability value of the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000007
As historic time t 'corresponding to the sensing grid map raster memory may driving ability value, k' t 'is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000008
the weight of.
通过计算得到每个栅格的可行驶能力值,进而能够以栅格为基本单元确定可行驶区域,提高了可行驶区域的准确性,进而提高了自动驾驶系统的可靠性和安全性。By calculating the drivability value of each grid, the drivable area can be determined using the grid as the basic unit, which improves the accuracy of the drivable area, and further improves the reliability and safety of the automatic driving system.
在一个可行的实施例中,根据可行驶位置点对第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域,包括:In a feasible embodiment, the fourth area is inferred based on the drivable location point to obtain the fifth area, including:
从可行驶位置点中获取待推理位置点,待推理位置点为位于第四区域与ROI重叠的区域中的可行驶位置点;将待推理位置点的坐标从世界坐标系下转换到自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到待推理可行驶区域,待推理可行驶区域为在自车的车辆坐标系下的待推理位置点构成的区域;对待推理可行驶区域进行栅格划分,以得到第二推理栅格地图;根据第二推理栅格地图中每个栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算每个栅格的可行驶能力值;根据每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定第五区域,第五区域为在第二推理栅格地图内可行驶能力值大于第二阈值的栅格所组成的区域。Obtain the location point to be inferred from the driveable location point, which is the driveable location point located in the area where the fourth area overlaps the ROI; convert the coordinates of the location to be inferred from the world coordinate system to that of the vehicle Under the vehicle coordinate system, in order to obtain the driving area to be inferred, the driving area to be inferred is the area formed by the inferred position points in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle; grid division is performed on the driving area to be inferred to obtain the second Inference grid map; calculate the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map; determine the fifth area according to the drivability value of each grid, The fifth area is an area composed of grids with a drivability value greater than the second threshold in the second inference grid map.
在可行驶区域感知信息或结果短期异常或长期异常时,可通过可行驶位置点对第四区域进行推理,并根据推理得到的可行驶区域进行行驶路线决策规划,避免了自动驾驶系统的实效,增加了自动驾驶系统的使用范围,减少了自动驾驶系统对实时感知的可行驶区域信息的依赖性,进而增加了自动驾驶系统对实时感知的可行驶区域信息的容错能力。In the case of short-term or long-term abnormal or long-term abnormality in the perception of information or results in the drivable area, the fourth area can be reasoned through the drivable location points, and the driving route decision planning can be made according to the drivable area obtained by reasoning, which avoids the actual effect of the automatic driving system. The scope of use of the automatic driving system is increased, and the dependence of the automatic driving system on real-time sensing of the drivable area information is reduced, thereby increasing the fault tolerance of the automatic driving system to the real-time sensing of the drivable area information.
在一个可行的实施例中,将待推理位置点的坐标从世界坐标系下转换到自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到待推理可行驶区域,包括:In a feasible embodiment, transforming the coordinates of the location point to be inferred from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle to obtain the travelable area to be inferred includes:
根据第三转换公式将待推理位置点的坐标进行转换,以得到待推理可行驶区域;Convert the coordinates of the location point to be inferred according to the third conversion formula to obtain the driveable area to be inferred;
其中,第三转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000009
其中,(x dw,y dw)为待推理 位置点中任一待推理位置点D在世界坐标系下的坐标,(x dv,y dv)为待推理位置点D在自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000010
为第二转换矩阵,
Among them, the third conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000009
Among them, (x dw , y dw ) is the coordinate of any inferred position point D in the world coordinate system of the inferred position points, (x dv , y dv ) is the coordinate system of the inferred position D in the own vehicle The coordinates below,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000010
Is the second conversion matrix,
第二转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000011
(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻自车在世界坐标系下的坐标,θ 0为当前时刻自车的车头朝向角度。
Second conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000011
(x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and θ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
在一个可行的实施例中,根据第二推理栅格地图中每个栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算每个栅格的可行驶能力值,包括:In a feasible embodiment, calculating the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map includes:
根据第二推理栅格地图中的第i列第j行栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算得到不同时刻的可行驶能力值;对不同时刻的可行驶能力值进行加权求和,以得到第i列第j行栅格的可行驶能力值;The drivability values at different moments are calculated according to the drivable position point information in the i-th column and j-th row grid in the second inference grid map; the drivability values at different times are weighted and summed to obtain the first The drivability value of the grid in column i and row j;
其中,第i列第j行栅格的可行驶能力值为
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000012
为t时刻的可行驶能力值,k t
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000013
的权重,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000014
Among them, the drivability value of the grid in the i-th column and the j-th row is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000012
Is the drivability value at time t, k t is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000013
the weight of,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000015
为第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的同向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000016
为第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的逆向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000017
为第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶安全位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000018
为第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶危险位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000019
为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的同向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000020
为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的逆向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000021
为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶安全位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000022
为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶危险位置点的数量。
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000015
Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles traveling in the same direction obtained at time t in the grid of column i and row j,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000016
Is the number of locations where the surrounding vehicles can travel in the reverse direction obtained at time t in the j-th row of the i-th column,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000017
Is the number of safe driving position points obtained at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000018
Is the number of dangerous location points of the self-driving vehicle obtained at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000019
Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles in the same direction obtained at time t in the j-th grid,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000020
Is the number of locations where the surrounding vehicles can travel in the reverse direction obtained at time t in the j-th grid,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000021
Is the number of safe driving position points obtained at time t in the j-th grid,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000022
It is the number of dangerous location points of the self-driving vehicle obtained at time t in the j-th grid.
通过计算得到每个栅格的可行驶能力值,进而能够以栅格为基本单元确定可行驶区域,提高了可行驶区域的准确性,进而提高了自动驾驶系统的可靠性和安全性。By calculating the drivability value of each grid, the drivable area can be determined using the grid as the basic unit, which improves the accuracy of the drivable area, and further improves the reliability and safety of the automatic driving system.
在一个可行的实施例中,在确定行驶安全位置点和行驶危险位置点的可行驶能力之后,增加行驶安全位置点的可行驶能力值,减小行驶危险位置点的可行驶能力值,可提高确定的可行驶区域的准确性,进而自动驾驶系统具备“越开越好”的特性。In a feasible embodiment, after determining the drivability of the safe driving position and the driving dangerous position, the drivability value of the safe driving position is increased, and the drivability value of the dangerous driving position is reduced, which can increase The accuracy of the determined drivable area, and then the automatic driving system has the characteristics of "the more open the better".
在一个可行的实施例中,可行驶位置点包括自车可行驶位置点,根据可行驶位置点对第四区域进行推理之前,该方法还包括:In a feasible embodiment, the drivable position point includes the drivable position point of the self-vehicle. Before inferring the fourth area based on the drivable position point, the method further includes:
获取自车可行驶位置点,自车可行驶位置点包括行驶安全位置点和行驶风险位置点;其中,获取自车可行驶位置点,包括:判断自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式是否为手动驾驶模式;若自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式为手动驾驶模式,则确定自车的当前位置点为行驶安全位置点;若自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式为自动驾驶模式,则判断自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险或异常行驶行车行为;若确定自车在其当前位置没有碰撞风险且没有异常行车行为,则确定自车的当前位置点为行驶安全位置点;若确定自车在其当前位置有碰撞 风险或异常行车行为,则确定自车的当前位置点为行驶危险位置点。Obtain the driving position points of the own vehicle. The driving position points of the own vehicle include safe driving position points and driving risk position points; among them, obtaining the driving position points of the own vehicle includes: judging whether the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual Driving mode; if the driving mode of the own car at its current position is manual driving mode, the current position of the own car is determined to be a safe driving position; if the driving mode of the own car at its current position is automatic driving mode, it is determined Whether the vehicle has a collision risk or abnormal driving behavior at its current location; if it is determined that the vehicle has no risk of collision and no abnormal driving behavior at its current location, the current position of the vehicle is determined to be a safe driving position; if the vehicle is determined If there is a risk of collision or abnormal driving behavior at its current position, the current position of the vehicle is determined to be a dangerous driving position.
通过自车的可行驶位置点,使得在感知可行驶区域短暂异常或长期异常时,可根据自车的可行驶位置点推理得到可行驶区域,进而基于该可行驶区域进行行驶路线规划,避免了自动驾驶系统失效,提升了自动驾驶系统的应用范围及系统的可靠性。Through the self-vehicle's drivable location point, when perceiving short-term or long-term abnormality in the drivable area, the driveable area can be inferred based on the self-vehicle's drivable location point, and then travel route planning based on the drivable area is avoided. The failure of the automatic driving system has improved the application range of the automatic driving system and the reliability of the system.
在一个可行的实施例中,判断自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险,包括:In a feasible embodiment, judging whether the vehicle has a collision risk at its current position includes:
获取自车与车辆E的行驶方向夹角θ;车辆E为自车的周围车辆;若夹角θ大于第二预设角度,则采用相交模式风险判别方法确定自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险;若夹角θ不大于第二预设角度,则采用追尾模式风险判别方法确定自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险。Obtain the angle θ between the driving direction of the own vehicle and the vehicle E; the vehicle E is the surrounding vehicle of the own vehicle; if the included angle θ is greater than the second preset angle, the intersection mode risk judgment method is used to determine whether the own vehicle has a collision at its current position Risk: If the included angle θ is not greater than the second preset angle, the rear-end collision mode risk judgment method is used to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at its current position.
在一个可行的实施例中,采用相交模式风险判别方法确定自车在当前位置是否有碰撞风险,包括:In a feasible embodiment, the intersection mode risk discrimination method is used to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at the current position, including:
获取车辆E在自车的车辆坐标系下的相对速度和相对位置坐标及自车在行驶方向的绝对速度;根据相对速度、相对位置坐标及绝对速度获取第一时间和第二时间,其中,第一时间为自车从当前位置行驶至潜在碰撞点所需的时间,第二时间为车辆E从其当前位置行驶至潜在碰撞点所需的时间;若第一时间和第二时间满足公式1和公式2,则确定自车在其当前位置有碰撞风险;若第一时间和第二时间不满足公式1或公式2,则确定自车在其当前位置没有碰撞风险;其中,公式1为:|TTX 1-TTX 2|<α,公式2为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000023
TTX 1为第一时间,TTX 2为第二时间,α为预设阈值,R 0为风险阈值。
Obtain the relative speed and relative position coordinates of the vehicle E in the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle E, and the absolute speed of the vehicle in the traveling direction; obtain the first time and the second time according to the relative speed, relative position coordinates and absolute speed. The first time is the time required for the vehicle to travel from its current position to the potential collision point, and the second time is the time required for the vehicle E to travel from its current position to the potential collision point; if the first time and the second time satisfy formula 1 and Formula 2, it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision at its current position; if the first time and the second time do not meet formula 1 or formula 2, it is determined that the vehicle has no risk of collision at its current position; where formula 1 is: | TTX 1 -TTX 2 |<α, formula 2 is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000023
TTX 1 is the first time, TTX 2 is the second time, α is the preset threshold, and R 0 is the risk threshold.
在一个可行的实施例中,采用追尾模式风险判别方法确定自车在当前位置是否有碰撞风险,包括:In a feasible embodiment, adopting a rear-end collision mode risk discrimination method to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at the current position includes:
获取车辆E在自车的车辆坐标系下的横向相对速度ΔV Ex和相对位置坐标(x Ev,y Ev)及自车在行驶方向的绝对速度V sAcquire the lateral relative speed ΔV Ex and relative position coordinates (x Ev , y Ev ) of the vehicle E in the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle E and the absolute speed V s of the vehicle in the traveling direction;
根据横向相对速度ΔV Ex、相对位置坐标(x Ev,y Ev)和绝对速度V s获取第三时间TTC和第四时间TTW,其中,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000024
Obtain the third time TTC and the fourth time TTW according to the lateral relative velocity ΔV Ex , the relative position coordinates (x Ev , y Ev ) and the absolute velocity V s , where,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000024
若相对位置纵坐标满足公式3,且第三时间和第四时间满足公式4,则确定自车在其当前位置有碰撞风险;若相对位置纵坐标不满足公式3,或第三时间和第四时间满足公式4,则确定自车在其当前位置没有碰撞风险;If the relative position ordinate satisfies formula 3, and the third time and fourth time satisfy formula 4, it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision at its current position; if the relative position ordinate does not satisfy formula 3, or the third time and fourth time When the time meets formula 4, it is determined that there is no risk of collision of the vehicle at its current position;
其中,公式3为:|y Ev|<ψ,公式4为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000025
a和b为常数,R 0为风险阈值,ψ为横向间距阈值,|y Ev|为自车与车辆E的横向间距。
Among them, the formula 3 is: |y Ev |<ψ, and the formula 4 is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000025
a and b are constants, R 0 is the risk threshold, ψ is the horizontal distance threshold, and |y Ev | is the horizontal distance between the own vehicle and the vehicle E.
在一个可行的实施例中,判断自车在其当前位置是否有异常行车行为,包括:In a feasible embodiment, determining whether the own vehicle has abnormal driving behavior at its current position includes:
判断自车在其当前位置是否有紧急制动行为或紧急转向行为;若自车在其当前位置有紧急制动行为或紧急转向行为,则确定自车的当前位置为行驶危险位置点;若自车在其当前位置没有紧急制动行为且没有紧急转向行为,则确定自车的当前位置为行驶安全位置点。Determine whether the own vehicle has an emergency braking behavior or an emergency steering behavior at its current position; if the own vehicle has an emergency braking behavior or an emergency steering behavior at its current position, the current position of the own vehicle is determined to be a dangerous driving position; If the vehicle has no emergency braking behavior and no emergency steering behavior at its current position, the current position of the vehicle is determined to be a safe driving position.
在一个可行的实施例中,判断自车在其当前位置是否有紧急制动行为,包括:In a feasible embodiment, determining whether the own vehicle has an emergency braking behavior at its current position includes:
获取自车在其当前位置的纵向加速度;若纵向加速度小于预设加速度,则确定自车在其当前位置有紧急制动行为;若纵向加速度不小于预设加速度,则确定自车在其当前位置没有紧急制动行为。Obtain the longitudinal acceleration of the vehicle at its current position; if the longitudinal acceleration is less than the preset acceleration, determine that the vehicle has emergency braking at its current position; if the longitudinal acceleration is not less than the preset acceleration, determine that the vehicle is at its current position There is no emergency braking behavior.
在一个可行的实施例中,判断自车在其当前位置是否有紧急转向行为,包括:In a feasible embodiment, determining whether the own vehicle has an emergency steering behavior at its current position includes:
获取自车在其当前位置方向盘的转角速率;若方向盘的转角速率大于预设速率,则确定自车在其当前位置有紧急转向行为;若方向盘的转角速率不大于预设加速度,则确定自车在其当前位置没有紧急转向行为。Obtain the steering wheel rate of the own vehicle at its current position; if the steering wheel rate of rotation is greater than the preset rate, determine that the own vehicle has an emergency steering behavior at its current position; if the steering wheel rate of rotation is not greater than the preset acceleration, determine the own vehicle There is no emergency steering behavior at its current position.
在一个可行的实施例中,获取自车可行驶位置点之后,该方法还包括:In a feasible embodiment, after obtaining the driving position point of the self-vehicle, the method further includes:
若自车在其当前位置沿着道路方向1行驶,则确定自车可行驶位置点为道路方向1上的可行驶位置点,并将道路方向1上的可行驶位置点保存至道路方向1侧的路侧单元中,其中,道路方向1上的可行驶位置点包括道路方向1上的行驶安全位置和道路方向1上的行驶风险位置;If the vehicle is driving along road direction 1 at its current position, determine the travelable position point of the vehicle as the drivable position point on road direction 1, and save the drivable position point on road direction 1 to the side of road direction 1. In the roadside unit, where the drivable position point in the road direction 1 includes a safe driving position in the road direction 1 and a driving risk position in the road direction 1;
若自车在其当前位置沿着道路方向2行驶,则确定自车可行驶位置点为道路方向2上的可行驶位置点,并将道路方向2上的可行驶位置点保存至道路方向2侧的路侧单元中,其中,道路方向2上的可行驶位置点包括道路方向1上的行驶安全位置和道路方向2上的行驶风险位置;其中,道路方向1和道路方向2为同一道路上相反的方向。If the vehicle is driving along road direction 2 at its current position, determine the travelable position point of the vehicle as the drivable position point on road direction 2, and save the drivable position point on road direction 2 to the side of road direction 2. In the roadside unit in the roadside unit, where the drivable position point on the road direction 2 includes the driving safety position on the road direction 1 and the driving risk position on the road direction 2; wherein, the road direction 1 and the road direction 2 are opposite on the same road Direction.
通过将自车的可行驶位置点保存到路侧单元中,使得其他车辆在行驶到该路段时,可直接从路侧单元中获取可行驶位置点,使得在感知可行驶区域短暂异常或长期异常时,其他车的自动驾驶系统可根据从路侧单元获取的可行驶位置点推理得到可行驶区域,进而基于该可行驶区域进行行驶路线规划,避免了自动驾驶系统失效,提升了自动驾驶系统的应用范围及系统的可靠性。By saving the driveable location point of the self-vehicle in the roadside unit, other vehicles can directly obtain the driveable location point from the roadside unit when driving on the road section, making it possible to sense short-term or long-term abnormalities in the drivable area When the autopilot system of other vehicles can infer the drivable area based on the drivable location points obtained from the roadside unit, and then plan the driving route based on the drivable area, avoid the failure of the automatic driving system and improve the performance of the automatic driving system. Application scope and system reliability.
在一个可行的实施例中,该方法还包括:In a feasible embodiment, the method further includes:
获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息。Get the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles.
通过周围车辆的可行驶位置点,使得在感知可行驶区域短暂异常或长期异常时,可根据周围车辆的可行驶位置点推理得到可行驶区域,进而基于该可行驶区域进行行驶路线规划,避免了自动驾驶系统失效,提升了自动驾驶系统的应用范围及系统的可靠性。Through the drivable location points of surrounding vehicles, when perceiving short-term or long-term abnormalities in the drivable area, the drivable area can be inferred based on the drivable location points of the surrounding vehicles, and then the travel route planning based on the drivable area is avoided. The failure of the automatic driving system has improved the application range of the automatic driving system and the reliability of the system.
在一个可行的实施例中,周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息包括同向可行驶位置点坐标和逆向可行驶位置点坐标,获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息,包括:In a feasible embodiment, the drivable position point information of surrounding vehicles includes the coordinates of the same direction drivable position point and the reverse direction drivable position point coordinates, and obtaining the drivable position point information of the surrounding vehicles includes:
获取周围车辆中任一车辆A的行驶信息及自车的行驶信息,其中,车辆A的行驶信息包括相对位置坐标和纵向相对速度,自车的行驶信息包括绝对位置坐标、在行驶方向的绝对速度及车头朝向角度;Obtain the driving information of any vehicle A in the surrounding vehicles and the driving information of its own vehicle. Among them, the driving information of vehicle A includes relative position coordinates and longitudinal relative speed, and the driving information of own vehicle includes absolute position coordinates and absolute speed in the direction of travel. And the heading angle;
根据自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及车辆A的相对位置坐标获取车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标;Obtain the position coordinates of vehicle A according to the absolute position coordinates of the vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A;
根据车辆A的纵向相对速度和自车绝对速度确定车辆A的可行驶位置点的类型;车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的类型包括逆向可行驶位置点坐标或同向可行驶位置点坐标;Determine the type of the drivable position point of vehicle A according to the longitudinal relative speed of vehicle A and the absolute speed of the vehicle; the type of drivable position point coordinate of vehicle A includes the coordinates of the reverse drivable position point or the same direction drivable position point coordinate;
其中,相对位置坐标为在车辆坐标系下的坐标,车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为在世界坐标系下的坐标。Among them, the relative position coordinates are the coordinates in the vehicle coordinate system, and the vehicle A's travelable position point coordinates are the coordinates in the world coordinate system.
在一个可行的实施例中,根据自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及车辆A的相对位置坐标获取车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标,包括:In a feasible embodiment, obtaining the drivable position point coordinates of vehicle A according to the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of vehicle A includes:
通过第四转换公式对自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及车辆A的相对位置坐标进行计算,以得到车辆A的绝对位置点坐标;Calculate the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A through the fourth conversion formula to obtain the absolute position point coordinates of the vehicle A;
其中,第四转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000026
(x Av,y Av)为车辆A的相对位置坐标,(x Aw,y Aw)为车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标;
Among them, the fourth conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000026
(x Av , y Av ) are the relative position coordinates of vehicle A, (x Aw , y Aw ) are the coordinates of the position where vehicle A can travel;
第三转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000027
(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻自车的绝对位置坐标,θ 0为当前时刻自车的车头朝向角度。
Third conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000027
(x 0 ,y 0 ) is the absolute position coordinate of the own vehicle at the current moment, and θ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment.
在一个可行的实施例中,根据车辆A的纵向相对速度和绝对速度确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的类型,包括:In a feasible embodiment, determining the type of the vehicle A's travelable position point coordinates according to the longitudinal relative speed and absolute speed of the vehicle A includes:
根据车辆A的纵向相对速度和绝对速度获取车辆A的纵向绝对速度;Obtain the longitudinal absolute speed of vehicle A according to the longitudinal relative speed and absolute speed of vehicle A;
若车辆A的纵向绝对速度大于预设速度阈值,则确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为同向可行驶位置点坐标;若车辆A的纵向绝对速度小于预设速度阈值,则确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为逆向可行驶位置点坐标。If the longitudinal absolute speed of vehicle A is greater than the preset speed threshold, the coordinates of the vehicle A can be driven position point are determined to be the same direction; if the longitudinal absolute speed of vehicle A is less than the preset speed threshold, the vehicle A's The coordinates of the driving position point are the coordinates of the driving position point in the reverse direction.
在一个可行的实施例中,该方法还包括:In a feasible embodiment, the method further includes:
若车辆A沿着道路方向1行驶,则确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为道路方向1上的坐标,并将车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标保存至道路方向1侧的路侧单元中;If the vehicle A is traveling along the road direction 1, the coordinates of the vehicle A's travelable location point are determined as the coordinates on the road direction 1, and the vehicle A's travelable location point coordinates are saved to the roadside unit on the road direction 1 side;
若车辆A沿着道路方向2行驶,则确定车道A的可行驶位置点为道路方向2上的坐标,并将车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标保存至道路方向2侧的路侧单元中;其中,道路方向1和道路方向2为同一道路上相反的两个方向。通过将周围车辆的可行驶位置点保存到路侧单元中,使得其他车辆在行驶到该路段时,在该车辆周围没有车辆是也可直接从路侧单元中获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点,使得在感知可行驶区域短暂异常或长期异常时,其他车的自动驾驶系统可根据周围车辆的可行驶位置点推理得到可行驶区域,进而基于该可行驶区域进行行驶路线规划,避免了自动驾驶系统失效,提升了自动驾驶系统的应用范围及系统的可靠性。If vehicle A is traveling along road direction 2, determine that the driveable location point of lane A is the coordinate on road direction 2, and save the driveable location point coordinate of vehicle A to the roadside unit on the road direction 2 side; , Road direction 1 and road direction 2 are two opposite directions on the same road. By saving the drivable position points of surrounding vehicles in the roadside unit, when other vehicles are driving to the road section, there is no vehicle around the vehicle or they can directly obtain the drivable position points of the surrounding vehicles from the roadside unit. When sensing short-term or long-term abnormalities in the drivable area, the automatic driving system of other vehicles can infer the drivable area based on the drivable location points of the surrounding vehicles, and then plan the driving route based on the drivable area, avoiding the automatic driving system Failure to improve the application scope of the automatic driving system and the reliability of the system.
在一个可行的实施例中,获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息,包括:In a feasible embodiment, obtaining information about the drivable location points of surrounding vehicles includes:
从自车当前道路行驶方向侧的路侧单元或从云端信息平台中获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息。Obtain the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles from the roadside unit on the side of the current road driving direction of the vehicle or from the cloud information platform.
在一个可行的实施例中,该方法还包括:In a feasible embodiment, the method further includes:
若第一区域覆盖ROI,则将第一区域确定为道路可行驶区域。If the first area covers the ROI, the first area is determined to be a drivable area on the road.
在一个可行的实施例中,该方法还包括:In a feasible embodiment, the method further includes:
若第一区域和第三区域覆盖所述ROI,则将第一区域和第三区域确定为道路可行驶区 域。If the first area and the third area cover the ROI, then the first area and the third area are determined as road-driving areas.
第二方面,本发明实施例提供一种道路可行驶区域推理装置,包括:In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a road drivable area reasoning device, including:
获取模块,用于获取感知可行驶区域;The acquisition module is used to acquire the perceived drivable area;
校验模块,用于对感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,其中,第一区域为校验可靠的可行驶区域,第二区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域;The verification module is used to verify the perceivable travelable area to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is the travelable area with reliable verification and the second area is the travelable area with unreliable verification area;
推理模块,用于若第一区域未覆盖感兴趣区域ROI,则根据可行驶区域感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域,第三区域为感知记忆区域与第二区域重叠的区域,第四区域为所述第二区域中感知记忆区域未覆盖的区域;若第一区域和第三区域未覆盖所述ROI,则根据可行驶位置点对第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域;第五区域为第四区域中的可行驶区域;The inference module is used to infer the second area based on the perceptual memory information of the drivable area if the first area does not cover the area of interest ROI to obtain the third area and the fourth area. The third area is the perceptual memory area and the first area. The area where the two areas overlap, the fourth area is the area that is not covered by the perceptual memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the fourth area is inferred based on the driving position point , To get the fifth area; the fifth area is the drivable area in the fourth area;
确定模块,用于将第一区域,第三区域和第五区域确定为道路可行驶区域。The determining module is used to determine the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as road-drivable areas.
在一个可行的实施例中,校验模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, the verification module is specifically used for:
判断感知可行驶区域的双侧道路边界是否存在;若确定感知可行驶区域的双侧道路边界存在,则对感知可行驶区域进行区域划分,以得到多个子区域;判断子区域I满足条件1-条件4中的每一项;若子区域I满足条件1-条件4中的每一项,则确定子区域I为校验可靠的子区域;若子区域I不满足条件1-条件4中的任一项,则确定子区域I为校验不可靠的区域;其中,子区域I为多个子区域中的任一个,第一区域为多个子区域中校验可靠的子区域构成的区域,第二区域为多个子区域中校验不可靠的子区域构成的区域。Determine whether there is a road boundary on both sides of the perceived drivable area; if it is determined that the road boundary on both sides of the perceived drivable area exists, divide the perceptible drivable area to obtain multiple sub-areas; determine that sub-area I satisfies condition 1- Each item in condition 4; if sub-area I meets each of conditions 1-condition 4, sub-area I is determined to be a sub-area with reliable verification; if sub-area I does not meet any of conditions 1-condition 4 Item, it is determined that sub-region I is an area with unreliable verification; among them, sub-region I is any one of a plurality of sub-regions, the first region is an area composed of sub-regions with reliable verification among multiple sub-regions, and the second region It is an area composed of sub-areas with unreliable verification among multiple sub-areas.
在一个可行的实施例中,条件1-条件4分别为:In a feasible embodiment, condition 1 to condition 4 are:
条件1:子区域I的宽度满足以下条件:Condition 1: The width of sub-region I satisfies the following conditions:
k minW≤w i≤k maxW k min W≤w i ≤k max W
其中,w i为子区域I的宽度,W根据可行驶区域经验宽度和可行驶区域记忆宽度确定; Among them, w i is the width of the sub-area I, and W is determined according to the experience width of the drivable area and the memory width of the drivable area;
条件2:子区域I的边界与其相邻子区域的边界的夹角不大于第一预设角度;Condition 2: The angle between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the adjacent sub-region is not greater than the first preset angle;
条件3:子区域I的边界与在当前时刻之前经校验的感知记忆区域的边界之间的距离不大于预设宽度;Condition 3: The distance between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than the preset width;
条件4:子区域I中的可行驶位置点的比例大于预设比例。Condition 4: The ratio of the drivable position points in the subregion I is greater than the preset ratio.
在一个可行的实施例中,感知记忆信息包括多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图及每个感知记忆栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值,在根据感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域的方面,推理模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, the perceptual memory information includes perceptual memory grid maps at multiple historical moments and the drivability value of each grid in each perceptual memory grid map. The perceptual memory information is used to compare the second area Perform reasoning to get the aspects of the third area and the fourth area. The reasoning module is specifically used to:
将多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图;获取推理区域,推理区域为多个世界栅格地图与第二区域重叠的区域;将推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图;根据感知记忆栅格地图中栅格的可行驶能力值计算第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值;根据第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定第三区域和第四区域;第三区域为第一推理栅格地图中可行驶能力值大于第一阈值的栅格组成的区域;第四区域为第一推理栅格地图中可行驶能力值不大于第一阈值的栅格组成的区域。Convert the sensory memory grid maps of multiple historical moments from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps; obtain the reasoning area, which is multiple world grids The area where the grid map overlaps the second area; convert the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map; according to the perceptual memory of the grid in the grid map The driving ability value calculates the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area and the fourth area are determined according to the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area It is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is greater than the first threshold; the fourth area is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is not greater than the first threshold.
在一个可行的实施例中,在将多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图的方面,推理模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in the aspect of converting the perceptual memory grid maps of multiple historical moments from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps, The reasoning module is specifically used for:
根据第一转换公式将多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图;According to the first conversion formula, the perceptual memory grid maps of multiple historical moments are respectively converted from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps;
其中,第一转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000028
其中,(x vt0,y vt0)为历史时刻t0感知记忆栅格地图内的任一可行驶位置点P在自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,(x wt0,y wt0)为可行驶位置点P在世界坐标系下的坐标,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000029
为第一转换矩阵,
Among them, the first conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000028
Among them, (x vt0 ,y vt0 ) are the coordinates of any drivable location point P in the perception memory grid map at historical time t0 in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, and (x wt0 ,y wt0 ) is the drivable location point The coordinates of P in the world coordinate system,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000029
Is the first conversion matrix,
第一转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000030
(x t0,y t0)为历史时刻t0自车在世界标系下的坐标,θ t0为历史时刻t0自车的车头朝向角度。
First conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000030
(x t0 , y t0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at historical time t0 in the world standard system, and θ t0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at historical time t0.
在一个可行的实施例中,在将推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图的方面,所述推理模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of converting the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map, the inference module is specifically used for:
根据第二转换公式将推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图;Convert the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment according to the second conversion formula to obtain the first inference grid map;
其中,第二转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000031
(x wp,y wp)为推理区域内任一可行驶位置点P’在世界坐标系下的坐标,(x vp,y vp)为可行驶位置点P’当前时刻在自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000032
为第二转换矩阵;
Among them, the second conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000031
(x wp ,y wp ) is the coordinates of any travelable position point P'in the inference area in the world coordinate system, (x vp ,y vp ) is the vehicle coordinate system of the self-vehicle at the current moment The coordinates below,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000032
Is the second conversion matrix;
第二转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000033
(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻自车在世界坐标系下的坐标,θ 0为当前时刻自车的车头朝向角度。
Second conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000033
(x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and θ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
在一个可行的实施例中,在根据感知记忆栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值计算第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值的方面,推理模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of calculating the drivability value of each grid in the first inference grid map according to the drivability value of each grid in the perceptual memory grid map, the inference module is specifically used for :
对第一推理栅格地图中第p列第q行栅格对应的多个历史时刻的可行驶能力值进行加权求和,以得到第一推理栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值;多个历史时刻的可行驶能力值为第p列第q行栅格在多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图中对应的栅格的可行驶能力值;Perform a weighted summation on the drivability value of multiple historical moments corresponding to the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map to obtain the drivability value of each grid in the first inference grid map The drivability value of multiple historical moments is the drivability value of the corresponding grid in the perceptual memory grid map of the grid of the p-th column and the q-th row at multiple historical moments;
其中,第一推理栅格地图中第p列第q行栅格的可行驶能力值为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000034
为在历史时刻t’的感知记忆栅格地图中对应的栅格的可行驶能力值,k' t'
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000035
的权重。
Among them, the drivability value of the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000034
As historic time t 'corresponding to the sensing grid map raster memory may driving ability value, k' t 'is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000035
the weight of.
在一个可行的实施例中,在根据可行驶位置点对所述第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域的方面,推理模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of inferring the fourth area based on the drivable location point to obtain the fifth area, the inference module is specifically configured to:
从可行驶位置点中获取待推理位置点,待推理位置点为位于第四区域与ROI重叠的区 域中的可行驶位置点;将待推理位置点的坐标从世界坐标系下转换到自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到待推理可行驶区域,待推理可行驶区域为在自车的车辆坐标系下的待推理位置点构成的区域;对待推理可行驶区域进行栅格划分,以得到第二推理栅格地图;根据第二推理栅格地图中每个栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算每个栅格的可行驶能力值;根据每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定第五区域,第五区域为在第二推理栅格地图内可行驶能力值大于第二阈值的栅格所组成的区域。Obtain the location point to be inferred from the driveable location point, which is the driveable location point located in the area where the fourth area overlaps the ROI; convert the coordinates of the location to be inferred from the world coordinate system to that of the vehicle Under the vehicle coordinate system, in order to obtain the driving area to be inferred, the driving area to be inferred is the area formed by the inferred position points in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle; grid division is performed on the driving area to be inferred to obtain the second Inference grid map; calculate the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map; determine the fifth area according to the drivability value of each grid, The fifth area is an area composed of grids with a drivability value greater than the second threshold in the second inference grid map.
在一个可行的实施例中,在将待推理位置点的坐标从世界坐标系下转换到自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到待推理可行驶区域的方面,推理模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of transforming the coordinates of the location point to be inferred from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle to obtain the driving area to be inferred, the inference module is specifically used for:
根据第三转换公式将待推理位置点的坐标进行转换,以得到待推理可行驶区域;Convert the coordinates of the location point to be inferred according to the third conversion formula to obtain the driveable area to be inferred;
其中,第三转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000036
其中,(x dw,y dw)为待推理位置点中任一待推理位置点D在世界坐标系下的坐标,(x dv,y dv)为待推理位置点D在自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000037
为第二转换矩阵,
Among them, the third conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000036
Among them, (x dw , y dw ) is the coordinate of any inferred position point D in the world coordinate system of the inferred position points, (x dv , y dv ) is the coordinate system of the inferred position D in the own vehicle The coordinates below,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000037
Is the second conversion matrix,
第二转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000038
(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻自车在世界坐标系下的坐标,θ 0为当前时刻自车的车头朝向角度。
Second conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000038
(x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and θ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
在一个可行的实施例中,在根据第二推理栅格地图中每个栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算每个栅格的可行驶能力值的方面,推理模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of calculating the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map, the inference module is specifically used to:
根据第二推理栅格地图中的第i列第j行栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算得到不同时刻的可行驶能力值;对不同时刻的可行驶能力值进行加权求和,以得到第i列第j行栅格的可行驶能力值;The drivability values at different moments are calculated according to the drivable position point information in the i-th column and j-th row grid in the second inference grid map; the drivability values at different times are weighted and summed to obtain the first The drivability value of the grid in column i and row j;
其中,第i列第j行栅格的可行驶能力值为
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000039
为t时刻的可行驶能力值,k t
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000040
的权重,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000041
Among them, the drivability value of the grid in the i-th column and the j-th row is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000039
Is the drivability value at time t, k t is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000040
the weight of,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000041
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000042
为第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的同向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000043
为第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的逆向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000044
为第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶安全位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000045
为第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶危险位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000046
为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的同向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000047
为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的逆向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000048
为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶安全位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000049
为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶危险位置点的数量。
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000042
Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles traveling in the same direction obtained at time t in the grid of column i and row j,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000043
Is the number of locations where the surrounding vehicles can travel in the reverse direction obtained at time t in the j-th row of the i-th column,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000044
Is the number of safe driving position points obtained at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000045
Is the number of dangerous location points of the self-driving vehicle obtained at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000046
Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles in the same direction obtained at time t in the j-th grid,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000047
Is the number of locations where the surrounding vehicles can travel in the reverse direction obtained at time t in the j-th grid,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000048
Is the number of safe driving position points obtained at time t in the j-th grid,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000049
It is the number of dangerous location points of the self-driving vehicle obtained at time t in the j-th grid.
在一个可行的实施例中,可行驶位置点包括自车可行驶位置点,获取模块还用于:In a feasible embodiment, the drivable position point includes the drivable position point of the self-vehicle, and the acquisition module is further used for:
在根据可行驶位置点对第四区域进行推理之前,获取自车可行驶位置点,自车可行驶位置点包括行驶安全位置点和行驶风险位置点;其中,获取自车可行驶位置点,包括:判 断自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式是否为手动驾驶模式;若自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式为手动驾驶模式,则确定自车的当前位置点为行驶安全位置点;若自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式为自动驾驶模式,则判断自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险或异常行驶行车行为;若确定自车在其当前位置没有碰撞风险且没有异常行车行为,则确定自车的当前位置点为行驶安全位置点;若确定自车在其当前位置有碰撞风险或异常行车行为,则确定自车的当前位置点为行驶危险位置点。Before inferring the fourth area based on the driving position points, obtain the driving position points of the own vehicle. The driving position points of the own vehicle include the driving safety position points and the driving risk position points; wherein, obtaining the driving position points of the own vehicle includes : Determine whether the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual driving mode; if the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual driving mode, determine the current position of the own vehicle as a safe driving position; If the driving mode at its current location is automatic driving mode, it is determined whether the vehicle has a risk of collision or abnormal driving behavior at its current location; if it is determined that the vehicle has no risk of collision and no abnormal driving behavior at its current location, the vehicle is determined The current position point of is a safe driving position; if it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision or abnormal driving behavior at its current position, the current position of the own vehicle is determined to be a dangerous driving position.
在一个可行的实施例中,在判断自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险的方面,获取模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of judging whether the vehicle has a collision risk at its current position, the acquiring module is specifically used to:
获取自车与车辆E的行驶方向夹角θ;车辆E为自车的周围车辆;若夹角θ大于第二预设角度,则采用相交模式风险判别方法确定自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险;若夹角θ不大于第二预设角度,则采用追尾模式风险判别方法确定自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险。Obtain the angle θ between the driving direction of the own vehicle and the vehicle E; the vehicle E is the surrounding vehicle of the own vehicle; if the included angle θ is greater than the second preset angle, the intersection mode risk judgment method is used to determine whether the own vehicle has a collision at its current position Risk: If the included angle θ is not greater than the second preset angle, the rear-end collision mode risk judgment method is used to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at its current position.
在一个可行的实施例中,在采用相交模式风险判别方法确定自车在当前位置是否有碰撞风险的方面,获取模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in the aspect of using the intersection mode risk discrimination method to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at the current position, the acquisition module is specifically used to:
获取车辆E在自车的车辆坐标系下的相对速度和相对位置坐标及自车在行驶方向的绝对速度;根据相对速度、相对位置坐标及绝对速度获取第一时间和第二时间,其中,第一时间为自车从当前位置行驶至潜在碰撞点所需的时间,第二时间为车辆E从其当前位置行驶至潜在碰撞点所需的时间;若第一时间和第二时间满足公式1和公式2,则确定自车在其当前位置有碰撞风险;若第一时间和第二时间不满足公式1或公式2,则确定自车在其当前位置没有碰撞风险;其中,公式1为:|TTX 1-TTX 2|<α,公式2为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000050
TTX 1为第一时间,TTX 2为第二时间,α为预设阈值,R 0为风险阈值。
Obtain the relative speed and relative position coordinates of the vehicle E in the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle E, and the absolute speed of the vehicle in the traveling direction; obtain the first time and the second time according to the relative speed, relative position coordinates and absolute speed. The first time is the time required for the vehicle to travel from its current position to the potential collision point, and the second time is the time required for the vehicle E to travel from its current position to the potential collision point; if the first time and the second time satisfy formula 1 and Formula 2, it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision at its current position; if the first time and the second time do not meet formula 1 or formula 2, it is determined that the vehicle has no risk of collision at its current position; where formula 1 is: | TTX 1 -TTX 2 |<α, formula 2 is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000050
TTX 1 is the first time, TTX 2 is the second time, α is the preset threshold, and R 0 is the risk threshold.
在一个可行的实施例中,在采用追尾模式风险判别方法确定自车在当前位置是否有碰撞风险的方面,获取模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of using the rear-end collision mode risk discrimination method to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at the current position, the acquisition module is specifically used to:
获取车辆E在自车的车辆坐标系下的横向相对速度ΔV Ex和相对位置坐标(x Ev,y Ev)及自车在行驶方向的绝对速度V sAcquire the lateral relative speed ΔV Ex and relative position coordinates (x Ev , y Ev ) of the vehicle E in the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle E and the absolute speed V s of the vehicle in the traveling direction;
根据横向相对速度ΔV Ex、相对位置坐标(x Ev,y Ev)和绝对速度V s获取第三时间TTC和第四时间TTW,其中,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000051
Obtain the third time TTC and the fourth time TTW according to the lateral relative velocity ΔV Ex , the relative position coordinates (x Ev , y Ev ) and the absolute velocity V s , where,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000051
若相对位置纵坐标满足公式3,且第三时间和第四时间满足公式4,则确定自车在其当前位置有碰撞风险;若相对位置纵坐标不满足公式3,或第三时间和第四时间满足公式4,则确定自车在其当前位置没有碰撞风险;If the relative position ordinate satisfies formula 3, and the third time and fourth time satisfy formula 4, it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision at its current position; if the relative position ordinate does not satisfy formula 3, or the third time and fourth time When the time meets formula 4, it is determined that there is no risk of collision of the vehicle at its current position;
其中,公式3为:|y Ev|<ψ,公式4为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000052
a和b为常数,R 0为风险阈值,ψ为横向间距阈值,|y Ev|为自车与车辆E的横向间距。
Among them, the formula 3 is: |y Ev |<ψ, and the formula 4 is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000052
a and b are constants, R 0 is the risk threshold, ψ is the horizontal distance threshold, and |y Ev | is the horizontal distance between the own vehicle and the vehicle E.
在一个可行的实施例中,在判断自车在其当前位置是否有异常行车行为的方面,获取模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of judging whether the own vehicle has abnormal driving behavior at its current position, the acquiring module is specifically used for:
判断自车在其当前位置是否有紧急制动行为或紧急转向行为;若自车在其当前位置有紧急制动行为或紧急转向行为,则确定自车的当前位置为行驶危险位置点;若自车在其当前位置没有紧急制动行为且没有紧急转向行为,则确定自车的当前位置为行驶安全位置点。Determine whether the own vehicle has an emergency braking behavior or an emergency steering behavior at its current position; if the own vehicle has an emergency braking behavior or an emergency steering behavior at its current position, the current position of the own vehicle is determined to be a dangerous driving position; If the vehicle has no emergency braking behavior and no emergency steering behavior at its current position, the current position of the vehicle is determined to be a safe driving position.
在一个可行的实施例中,在判断自车在其当前位置是否有紧急制动行为的方面,获取模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of judging whether the own vehicle has an emergency braking behavior at its current position, the acquiring module is specifically used to:
获取自车在其当前位置的纵向加速度;若纵向加速度小于预设加速度,则确定自车在其当前位置有紧急制动行为;若纵向加速度不小于预设加速度,则确定自车在其当前位置没有紧急制动行为。Obtain the longitudinal acceleration of the vehicle at its current position; if the longitudinal acceleration is less than the preset acceleration, determine that the vehicle has emergency braking at its current position; if the longitudinal acceleration is not less than the preset acceleration, determine that the vehicle is at its current position There is no emergency braking behavior.
在一个可行的实施例中,在判断自车在其当前位置是否有紧急转向行为的方面,获取模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in determining whether the own vehicle has an emergency steering behavior at its current position, the acquiring module is specifically used to:
获取自车在其当前位置方向盘的转角速率;若方向盘的转角速率大于预设速率,则确定自车在其当前位置有紧急转向行为;若方向盘的转角速率不大于预设加速度,则确定自车在其当前位置没有紧急转向行为。Obtain the steering wheel rate of the own vehicle at its current position; if the steering wheel rate of rotation is greater than the preset rate, determine that the own vehicle has an emergency steering behavior at its current position; if the steering wheel rate of rotation is not greater than the preset acceleration, determine the own vehicle There is no emergency steering behavior at its current position.
在一个可行的实施例中,道路可行驶区域推理装置还包括保存模块;In a feasible embodiment, the road drivable area reasoning device further includes a storage module;
确定模块,还用于在获取模块获取自车可行驶位置点之后,若自车在其当前位置沿着道路方向1行驶,则确定自车可行驶位置点为道路方向1上的可行驶位置点,保存模块,用于将道路方向1上的可行驶位置点保存至道路方向1侧的路侧单元中,其中,道路方向1上的可行驶位置点包括道路方向1上的行驶安全位置和道路方向1上的行驶风险位置;The determining module is also used to determine that the self-vehicle can travel along the road direction 1 after the acquisition module obtains the driveable location point of the vehicle at its current location as the driveable location point on the road direction 1. , Save module, used to save the drivable position point on road direction 1 to the roadside unit on the side of road direction 1, where the drivable position point on road direction 1 includes the safe driving position and road in road direction 1. The driving risk position in direction 1;
确定模块,还用于若自车在其当前位置沿着道路方向2行驶,则确定自车可行驶位置点为道路方向2上的可行驶位置点,保存模块,用于将道路方向2上的可行驶位置点保存至道路方向2侧的路侧单元中,其中,道路方向2上的可行驶位置点包括道路方向1上的行驶安全位置和道路方向2上的行驶风险位置;其中,道路方向1和道路方向2为同一道路上相反的方向。The determination module is also used for determining that the vehicle can travel along the road direction 2 at its current position as the travelable location point on the road direction 2. The drivable position points are saved to the roadside unit on the road direction 2 side, where the drivable position points on the road direction 2 include the safe driving position on the road direction 1 and the driving risk position on the road direction 2; where, the road direction 1 and road direction 2 are opposite directions on the same road.
在一个可行的实施例中,获取模块还用于:In a feasible embodiment, the acquisition module is also used to:
获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息。Get the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles.
在一个可行的实施例中,周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息包括同向可行驶位置点坐标和逆向可行驶位置点坐标,在获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息的方面,获取模块还用于:In a feasible embodiment, the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles includes the coordinates of the driving position point in the same direction and the coordinates of the driving position point in the reverse direction. In terms of obtaining the driving position point information of the surrounding vehicles, the acquisition module is also used for :
获取周围车辆中任一车辆A的行驶信息及自车的行驶信息,其中,车辆A的行驶信息包括相对位置坐标和纵向相对速度,自车的行驶信息包括绝对位置坐标、在行驶方向的绝对速度及车头朝向角度;根据自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及车辆A的相对位置坐标获取车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标;根据车辆A的纵向相对速度和自车绝对速度确定车辆A的可行驶位置点的类型;车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的类型包括逆向可行驶位置点坐标 或同向可行驶位置点坐标;其中,相对位置坐标为在车辆坐标系下的坐标,车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为在世界坐标系下的坐标。Obtain the driving information of any vehicle A in the surrounding vehicles and the driving information of its own vehicle. Among them, the driving information of vehicle A includes relative position coordinates and longitudinal relative speed, and the driving information of own vehicle includes absolute position coordinates and absolute speed in the direction of travel. And the heading angle of the vehicle; according to the absolute position coordinates of the vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A, the coordinates of the vehicle A's driving position are obtained; according to the longitudinal relative speed of the vehicle A and the absolute speed of the vehicle, the vehicle A can be determined The type of the driving position point; the type of the driving position point coordinate of the vehicle A includes the reverse driving position point coordinate or the same direction driving position point coordinate; wherein, the relative position coordinate is the coordinate in the vehicle coordinate system, and the vehicle A The coordinates of the driving position point are the coordinates in the world coordinate system.
在一个可行的实施例中,在根据自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及车辆A的相对位置坐标获取车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的方面,获取模块还用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of acquiring the drivable position point coordinates of vehicle A according to the absolute position coordinates of the vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of vehicle A, the acquiring module is also used for:
通过第四转换公式对自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及车辆A的相对位置坐标进行计算,以得到车辆A的绝对位置点坐标;Calculate the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A through the fourth conversion formula to obtain the absolute position point coordinates of the vehicle A;
其中,第四转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000053
(x Av,y Av)为车辆A的相对位置坐标,(x Aw,y Aw)为车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标;
Among them, the fourth conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000053
(x Av , y Av ) are the relative position coordinates of vehicle A, (x Aw , y Aw ) are the coordinates of the position where vehicle A can travel;
第三转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000054
(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻自车的绝对位置坐标,θ 0为当前时刻自车的车头朝向角度。
Third conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000054
(x 0 ,y 0 ) is the absolute position coordinate of the own vehicle at the current moment, and θ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment.
在一个可行的实施例中,在根据车辆A的纵向相对速度和绝对速度确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的类型的方面,获取模块还用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of determining the type of the vehicle A's drivable position point coordinates according to the longitudinal relative speed and absolute speed of the vehicle A, the acquiring module is further used to:
根据车辆A的纵向相对速度和绝对速度获取车辆A的纵向绝对速度;Obtain the longitudinal absolute speed of vehicle A according to the longitudinal relative speed and absolute speed of vehicle A;
若车辆A的纵向绝对速度大于预设速度阈值,则确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为同向可行驶位置点坐标;若车辆A的纵向绝对速度小于预设速度阈值,则确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为逆向可行驶位置点坐标。If the longitudinal absolute speed of vehicle A is greater than the preset speed threshold, the coordinates of the vehicle A can be driven position point are determined to be the same direction; if the longitudinal absolute speed of vehicle A is less than the preset speed threshold, the vehicle A's The coordinates of the driving position point are the coordinates of the driving position point in the reverse direction.
在一个可行的实施例中,确定模块,还用于若车辆A沿着道路方向1行驶,则确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为道路方向1上的坐标,保存模块,还用于将车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标保存至道路方向1侧的路侧单元中;In a feasible embodiment, the determining module is also used to determine if the vehicle A is driving along the road direction 1, then determining that the vehicle A’s travelable position point coordinates are the coordinates on the road direction 1, the saving module is also used to save the vehicle The coordinates of the driving position point of A are saved to the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1;
确定模块,还用于若车辆A沿着道路方向2行驶,则确定车道A的可行驶位置点为道路方向2上的坐标,保存模块,用于将车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标保存至道路方向2侧的路侧单元中;其中,道路方向1和道路方向2为同一道路上相反的两个方向。The determination module is also used to determine if the vehicle A is traveling along the road direction 2, the driveable position point of the lane A is determined as the coordinate on the road direction 2, and the storage module is used to save the vehicle A's driveable position point coordinates to the road In the roadside unit on the direction 2 side; wherein the road direction 1 and the road direction 2 are two opposite directions on the same road.
在一个可行的实施例中,在获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息的方面,获取模块具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of obtaining information about the drivable location points of surrounding vehicles, the obtaining module is specifically used to:
从自车当前道路行驶方向侧的路侧单元或从云端信息平台中获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息。Obtain the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles from the roadside unit on the side of the current road driving direction of the vehicle or from the cloud information platform.
在一个可行的实施例中,确定模块还用于:In a feasible embodiment, the determining module is also used to:
若第一区域覆盖ROI,则将第一区域确定为道路可行驶区域。If the first area covers the ROI, the first area is determined to be a drivable area on the road.
在一个可行的实施例中,确定模块还用于:In a feasible embodiment, the determining module is also used to:
若第一区域和第三区域覆盖ROI,则将第一区域和第三区域确定为道路可行驶区域。If the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the first area and the third area are determined as the road drivable area.
第三方面,本发明实施例提供一种道路可行驶区域推理装置,包括:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a road drivable area reasoning device, including:
用于存储有可执行程序代码的存储器;A memory for storing executable program codes;
与所述存储器耦合的处理器;所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的可执行程序代码时执行如第一方面所述方法中的部分或全部。A processor coupled to the memory; when the processor invokes the executable program code stored in the memory, it executes part or all of the method described in the first aspect.
第四方面,本发明实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,其中,该计算机存储介质可存储有程序,该程序被具有处理能力的计算平台或者处理器执行时以实现如第一方面中所述 方法的部分或全部步骤。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention also provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium may store a program, and when the program is executed by a computing platform or a processor with processing capability, the method described in the first aspect Part or all of the steps of the method.
本发明的这些方面或其他方面在以下实施例的描述中会更加简明易懂。These and other aspects of the present invention will be more concise and understandable in the description of the following embodiments.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to explain the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art more clearly, the following will briefly introduce the drawings that need to be used in the description of the embodiments or the prior art. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only These are some embodiments of the present invention. For those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings can be obtained based on these drawings without creative work.
图1a为本发明实施例提供的一种车辆坐标系示意图;Figure 1a is a schematic diagram of a vehicle coordinate system provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图1b为本发明实施例提供的一种自动驾驶汽车的结构示意图;Figure 1b is a schematic structural diagram of an autonomous vehicle provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图2为本发明实施例提供的一种计算机系统的结构示意图;2 is a schematic structural diagram of a computer system provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明实施例提供的一种神经网络处理器的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a neural network processor provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图4为本发明实施例提供的一种云侧指令自动驾驶汽车的应用示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of the application of a cloud-side commanded autonomous vehicle according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5为本发明实施例提供的一种云侧指令自动驾驶汽车的应用示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an application of a cloud-side commanded autonomous vehicle according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图6为本发明实施例提供的一种道路可行驶区域推理方法的应用场景示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a method for reasoning on a road drivable area provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图7为本发明实施例提供的一种道路可行驶区域推理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for reasoning on a road drivable area according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图8为本发明实施例提供的区域I和区域II的位置关系示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between area I and area II according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图9为本发明实施例提供的历史时刻感知记忆栅格地图与推理栅格地图的关系示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between the historical moment perception memory grid map and the inference grid map provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图10为本发明实施例提供的一种车辆绝对位置方向的方法示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a method for absolute position and direction of a vehicle according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图11为本发明实施例提供的相交模式风险判别的示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of risk identification of intersection modes provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图12为本发明实施例提供的感兴趣区域中可行驶区域的示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a drivable area in an area of interest provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图13为本发明实施例提供的一种道路可行驶区域推理装置的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a road drivable area reasoning device provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图14为本发明实施例提供的一种道路可行驶区域推理装置的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a road drivable area reasoning device provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图15为本发明实施例提供的一种计算机程序产品的结构示意图。Fig. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a computer program product provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合附图分别进行详细说明。Detailed descriptions are given below with reference to the drawings.
在此首先对本发明涉及的术语进行说明。The terminology involved in the present invention will be described first.
结构化道路:路面结构单一、边缘线清晰和道路几何特征明显的道路,比如高速公路、城市主干道等。Structured roads: roads with a single pavement structure, clear edge lines and obvious road geometric features, such as highways and urban arterial roads.
非结构化道路:路面结构复杂、没有车道线和清晰的道路边界、道路几何特征不明显的道路,比如居住小区道路、乡村道路、城市非主干道等。Unstructured roads: roads with complex pavement structures, no lane lines and clear road boundaries, and road geometric features that are not obvious, such as residential district roads, rural roads, and urban non-main roads.
可行驶能力栅格地图:是指把环境地图划分成一系列栅格,其中每一栅格给定一个可行驶能力值,以表征该栅格是否可行驶。Drivenability grid map: refers to dividing the environment map into a series of grids, where each grid is given a driveability value to indicate whether the grid can be driven.
车辆坐标系:当车辆在水平路面上处于静止状态下,x轴平行于地面指向前方,z轴通过后轴中心垂直向上,y轴指向驾驶员座位的左侧,后轴中心为坐标系的原点O,如图1a所示。Vehicle coordinate system: When the vehicle is at a standstill on a horizontal road, the x-axis is parallel to the ground and points forward, the z-axis passes vertically upward through the center of the rear axle, the y-axis points to the left side of the driver's seat, and the center of the rear axle is the origin of the coordinate system O, as shown in Figure 1a.
世界坐标系:指相对于地面固定的坐标系。世界坐标系的定义方式有多种,例如可以将原点定义在车辆的初始位置,x轴沿目标的正方向,当车辆运动后,原点位置和x轴方向固定在地面不随车辆运动,或者,将原点定义在大地的某一位置,x轴向北。World coordinate system: refers to a coordinate system fixed relative to the ground. There are many ways to define the world coordinate system. For example, you can define the origin at the initial position of the vehicle, and the x-axis along the positive direction of the target. When the vehicle moves, the origin position and the x-axis direction are fixed on the ground and do not move with the vehicle, or The origin is defined at a certain position on the earth, and the x axis is north.
图1b是本发明实施例提供的车辆100的功能框图。在一个实施例中,将车辆100配置为完全或部分地自动驾驶模式。例如,车辆100可以在处于自动驾驶模式中的同时控制自身,并且可通过人为操作来确定车辆及其周边环境的当前状态,确定周边环境中的至少一个其他车辆的可能行为,并确定该其他车辆执行可能行为的可能性相对应的置信水平,基于所确定的信息来控制车辆100。在车辆100处于自动驾驶模式中时,可以将车辆100置为在没有和人交互的情况下操作。Fig. 1b is a functional block diagram of a vehicle 100 provided by an embodiment of the present invention. In one embodiment, the vehicle 100 is configured in a fully or partially autonomous driving mode. For example, the vehicle 100 can control itself while in the automatic driving mode, and can determine the current state of the vehicle and its surrounding environment through human operations, determine the possible behavior of at least one other vehicle in the surrounding environment, and determine the other vehicle The confidence level corresponding to the possibility of performing possible actions is controlled based on the determined information. When the vehicle 100 is in the automatic driving mode, the vehicle 100 can be placed to operate without human interaction.
车辆100可包括各种子系统,例如行进系统102、传感器系统104、控制系统106、一个或多个外围设备108以及电源110、计算机系统112和用户接口116。可选地,车辆100可包括更多或更少的子系统,并且每个子系统可包括多个元件。另外,车辆100的每个子系统和元件可以通过有线或者无线互连。The vehicle 100 may include various subsystems, such as a travel system 102, a sensor system 104, a control system 106, one or more peripheral devices 108 and a power supply 110, a computer system 112, and a user interface 116. Alternatively, the vehicle 100 may include more or fewer subsystems, and each subsystem may include multiple elements. In addition, each of the subsystems and elements of the vehicle 100 may be wired or wirelessly interconnected.
行进系统102可包括为车辆100提供动力运动的组件。在一个实施例中,推进系统102可包括引擎118、能量源119、传动装置120和车轮/轮胎121。引擎118可以是内燃引擎、电动机、空气压缩引擎或其他类型的引擎组合,例如汽油发动机和电动机组成的混动引擎,内燃引擎和空气压缩引擎组成的混动引擎。引擎118将能量源119转换成机械能量。The travel system 102 may include components that provide power movement for the vehicle 100. In one embodiment, the propulsion system 102 may include an engine 118, an energy source 119, a transmission 120, and wheels/tires 121. The engine 118 may be an internal combustion engine, an electric motor, an air compression engine, or other types of engine combinations, such as a hybrid engine composed of a gasoline engine and an electric motor, or a hybrid engine composed of an internal combustion engine and an air compression engine. The engine 118 converts the energy source 119 into mechanical energy.
能量源119的示例包括汽油、柴油、其他基于石油的燃料、丙烷、其他基于压缩气体的燃料、乙醇、太阳能电池板、电池和其他电力来源。能量源119也可以为车辆100的其他系统提供能量。Examples of energy sources 119 include gasoline, diesel, other petroleum-based fuels, propane, other compressed gas-based fuels, ethanol, solar panels, batteries, and other sources of electricity. The energy source 119 may also provide energy for other systems of the vehicle 100.
传动装置120可以将来自引擎118的机械动力传送到车轮121。传动装置120可包括变速箱、差速器和驱动轴。在一个实施例中,传动装置120还可以包括其他器件,比如离合器。其中,驱动轴可包括可耦合到一个或多个车轮121的一个或多个轴。The transmission device 120 can transmit mechanical power from the engine 118 to the wheels 121. The transmission device 120 may include a gearbox, a differential, and a drive shaft. In an embodiment, the transmission device 120 may also include other devices, such as a clutch. Among them, the drive shaft may include one or more shafts that can be coupled to one or more wheels 121.
传感器系统104可包括感测关于车辆100周边的环境的信息的若干个传感器。例如,传感器系统104可包括定位系统122(定位系统可以是GPS系统,也可以是北斗系统或者其他定位系统)、惯性测量单元(inertial measurement unit,IMU)124、雷达126、激光测距仪128以及相机130。传感器系统104还可包括被监视车辆100的内部系统的传感器(例如,车内空气质量监测器、燃油量表、机油温度表等)。来自这些传感器中的一个或多个的传感器数据可用于检测对象及其相应特性(位置、形状、方向、速度等)。这种检测和识别是自主车辆100的安全操作的关键功能。The sensor system 104 may include several sensors that sense information about the environment around the vehicle 100. For example, the sensor system 104 may include a positioning system 122 (the positioning system may be a GPS system, a Beidou system or other positioning systems), an inertial measurement unit (IMU) 124, a radar 126, a laser rangefinder 128, and Camera 130. The sensor system 104 may also include sensors of the internal system of the monitored vehicle 100 (for example, an in-vehicle air quality monitor, a fuel gauge, an oil temperature gauge, etc.). Sensor data from one or more of these sensors can be used to detect objects and their corresponding characteristics (position, shape, direction, speed, etc.). Such detection and identification are key functions for the safe operation of the autonomous vehicle 100.
定位系统122可用于估计车辆100的地理位置。IMU 124用于基于惯性加速度来感测车辆100的位置和朝向变化。在一个实施例中,IMU 124可以是加速度计和陀螺仪的组合。The positioning system 122 can be used to estimate the geographic location of the vehicle 100. The IMU 124 is used to sense changes in the position and orientation of the vehicle 100 based on inertial acceleration. In an embodiment, the IMU 124 may be a combination of an accelerometer and a gyroscope.
雷达126可利用无线电信号来感测车辆100的周边环境内的物体。在一些实施例中,除了感测物体以外,雷达126还可用于感测物体的速度和/或前进方向。The radar 126 may use radio signals to sense objects in the surrounding environment of the vehicle 100. In some embodiments, in addition to sensing the object, the radar 126 may also be used to sense the speed and/or direction of the object.
激光测距仪128可利用激光来感测车辆100所位于的环境中的物体。在一些实施例中,激光测距仪128可包括一个或多个激光源、激光扫描器以及一个或多个检测器,以及其他系统组件。The laser rangefinder 128 can use laser light to sense objects in the environment where the vehicle 100 is located. In some embodiments, the laser rangefinder 128 may include one or more laser sources, laser scanners, and one or more detectors, as well as other system components.
相机130可用于捕捉车辆100的周边环境的多个图像。相机130可以是静态相机或视频相机。The camera 130 may be used to capture multiple images of the surrounding environment of the vehicle 100. The camera 130 may be a still camera or a video camera.
控制系统106为控制车辆100及其组件的操作。控制系统106可包括各种元件,其中包括转向系统132、油门134、制动单元136、传感器融合算法138、计算机视觉系统140、路线控制系统142以及障碍物避免系统144。The control system 106 controls the operation of the vehicle 100 and its components. The control system 106 may include various components, including a steering system 132, a throttle 134, a braking unit 136, a sensor fusion algorithm 138, a computer vision system 140, a route control system 142, and an obstacle avoidance system 144.
转向系统132可操作来调整车辆100的前进方向。例如在一个实施例中可以为方向盘系统。The steering system 132 is operable to adjust the forward direction of the vehicle 100. For example, it may be a steering wheel system in one embodiment.
油门134用于控制引擎118的操作速度并进而控制车辆100的速度。The throttle 134 is used to control the operating speed of the engine 118 and thereby control the speed of the vehicle 100.
制动单元136用于控制车辆100减速。制动单元136可使用摩擦力来减慢车轮121。在其他实施例中,制动单元136可将车轮121的动能转换为电流。制动单元136也可采取其他形式来减慢车轮121转速从而控制车辆100的速度。The braking unit 136 is used to control the vehicle 100 to decelerate. The braking unit 136 may use friction to slow down the wheels 121. In other embodiments, the braking unit 136 may convert the kinetic energy of the wheels 121 into electric current. The braking unit 136 may also take other forms to slow down the rotation speed of the wheels 121 to control the speed of the vehicle 100.
计算机视觉系统140可以操作来处理和分析由相机130捕捉的图像以便识别车辆100周边环境中的物体和/或特征。所述物体和/或特征可包括交通信号、道路边界和障碍物。计算机视觉系统140可使用物体识别算法、运动中恢复结构(Structure from Motion,SFM)算法、视频跟踪和其他计算机视觉技术。在一些实施例中,计算机视觉系统140可以用于为环境绘制地图、跟踪物体、估计物体的速度等等。The computer vision system 140 may be operable to process and analyze the images captured by the camera 130 in order to identify objects and/or features in the surrounding environment of the vehicle 100. The objects and/or features may include traffic signals, road boundaries and obstacles. The computer vision system 140 may use object recognition algorithms, Structure from Motion (SFM) algorithms, video tracking, and other computer vision technologies. In some embodiments, the computer vision system 140 may be used to map the environment, track objects, estimate the speed of objects, and so on.
路线控制系统142用于确定车辆100的行驶路线。在一些实施例中,路线控制系统142可结合来自传感器138、GPS 122和一个或多个预定地图的数据以为车辆100确定行驶路线。The route control system 142 is used to determine the travel route of the vehicle 100. In some embodiments, the route control system 142 may combine data from the sensor 138, the GPS 122, and one or more predetermined maps to determine the driving route for the vehicle 100.
障碍物避免系统144用于识别、评估和避免或者以其他方式越过车辆100的环境中的潜在障碍物。The obstacle avoidance system 144 is used to identify, evaluate, and avoid or otherwise cross over potential obstacles in the environment of the vehicle 100.
当然,在一个实例中,控制系统106可以增加或替换地包括除了所示出和描述的那些以外的组件。或者也可以减少一部分上述示出的组件。Of course, in one example, the control system 106 may add or alternatively include components other than those shown and described. Alternatively, a part of the components shown above may be reduced.
车辆100通过外围设备108与外部传感器、其他车辆、其他计算机系统或用户之间进行交互。外围设备108可包括无线通信系统146、车载电脑148、麦克风150和/或扬声器152。The vehicle 100 interacts with external sensors, other vehicles, other computer systems, or users through peripheral devices 108. The peripheral device 108 may include a wireless communication system 146, an onboard computer 148, a microphone 150 and/or a speaker 152.
在一些实施例中,外围设备108提供车辆100的用户与用户接口116交互的手段。例如,车载电脑148可向车辆100的用户提供信息。用户接口116还可操作车载电脑148来接收用户的输入。车载电脑148可以通过触摸屏进行操作。在其他情况中,外围设备108可提供用于车辆100与位于车内的其它设备通信的手段。例如,麦克风150可从车辆100的用户接收音频(例如,语音命令或其他音频输入)。类似地,扬声器152可向车辆100的用户输出音频。In some embodiments, the peripheral device 108 provides a means for the user of the vehicle 100 to interact with the user interface 116. For example, the onboard computer 148 may provide information to the user of the vehicle 100. The user interface 116 can also operate the onboard computer 148 to receive user input. The on-board computer 148 can be operated through a touch screen. In other cases, the peripheral device 108 may provide a means for the vehicle 100 to communicate with other devices located in the vehicle. For example, the microphone 150 may receive audio (eg, voice commands or other audio input) from a user of the vehicle 100. Similarly, the speaker 152 may output audio to the user of the vehicle 100.
无线通信系统146可以直接地或者经由通信网络来与一个或多个设备无线通信。例如,无线通信系统146可使用3G蜂窝通信,例如CDMA、EVD0、GSM/GPRS,或者4G蜂窝通信,例如LTE。或者5G蜂窝通信。无线通信系统146可利用WiFi与无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)通信。在一些实施例中,无线通信系统146可利用红外链路、蓝牙或ZigBee与设备直接通信。其他无线协议,例如各种车辆通信系统,例如,无线通信系统146可包括一个或多个专用短程通信(dedicated short range communications,DSRC)设备,这些设备可包括车辆和/或路边台站之间的公共和/或私有数据通信。The wireless communication system 146 may wirelessly communicate with one or more devices directly or via a communication network. For example, the wireless communication system 146 may use 3G cellular communication, such as CDMA, EVDO, GSM/GPRS, or 4G cellular communication, such as LTE. Or 5G cellular communication. The wireless communication system 146 may use WiFi to communicate with a wireless local area network (WLAN). In some embodiments, the wireless communication system 146 may directly communicate with the device using an infrared link, Bluetooth, or ZigBee. Other wireless protocols, such as various vehicle communication systems. For example, the wireless communication system 146 may include one or more dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) devices, which may include vehicles and/or roadside stations. Public and/or private data communications.
电源110可向车辆100的各种组件提供电力。在一个实施例中,电源110可以为可再充电锂离子或铅酸电池。这种电池的一个或多个电池组可被配置为电源为车辆100的各种组件提供电力。在一些实施例中,电源110和能量源119可一起实现,例如一些全电动车中那样。The power supply 110 may provide power to various components of the vehicle 100. In one embodiment, the power source 110 may be a rechargeable lithium ion or lead-acid battery. One or more battery packs of such batteries may be configured as a power source to provide power to various components of the vehicle 100. In some embodiments, the power source 110 and the energy source 119 may be implemented together, such as in some all-electric vehicles.
车辆100的部分或所有功能受计算机系统112控制。计算机系统112可包括至少一个处理器113,处理器113执行存储在例如数据存储装置114这样的非暂态计算机可读介质中的指令115。计算机系统112还可以是采用分布式方式控制车辆100的个体组件或子系统的多个计算设备。Part or all of the functions of the vehicle 100 are controlled by the computer system 112. The computer system 112 may include at least one processor 113 that executes instructions 115 stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium such as a data storage device 114. The computer system 112 may also be multiple computing devices that control individual components or subsystems of the vehicle 100 in a distributed manner.
处理器113可以是任何常规的处理器,诸如商业可获得的CPU。替选地,该处理器可以是诸如ASIC或其它基于硬件的处理器的专用设备。尽管图1b功能性地图示了处理器、存储器、和在相同块中的计算机110的其它元件,但是本领域的普通技术人员应该理解该处理器、计算机、或存储器实际上可以包括可以或者可以不存储在相同的物理外壳内的多个处理器、计算机、或存储器。例如,存储器可以是硬盘驱动器或位于不同于计算机110的外壳内的其它存储介质。因此,对处理器或计算机的引用将被理解为包括对可以或者可以不并行操作的处理器或计算机或存储器的集合的引用。不同于使用单一的处理器来执行此处所描述的步骤,诸如转向组件和减速组件的一些组件每个都可以具有其自己的处理器,所述处理器只执行与特定于组件的功能相关的计算。The processor 113 may be any conventional processor, such as a commercially available CPU. Alternatively, the processor may be a dedicated device such as an ASIC or other hardware-based processor. Although FIG. 1b functionally illustrates the processor, memory, and other elements of the computer 110 in the same block, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that the processor, computer, or memory may actually include Multiple processors, computers, or memories stored in the same physical enclosure. For example, the memory may be a hard disk drive or other storage medium located in a housing other than the computer 110. Therefore, a reference to a processor or computer will be understood to include a reference to a collection of processors or computers or memories that may or may not operate in parallel. Rather than using a single processor to perform the steps described here, some components such as steering components and deceleration components may each have its own processor that only performs calculations related to component-specific functions .
在此处所描述的各个方面中,处理器可以位于远离该车辆并且与该车辆进行无线通信。在其它方面中,此处所描述的过程中的一些在布置于车辆内的处理器上执行而其它则由远程处理器执行,包括采取执行单一操纵的必要步骤。In the various aspects described herein, the processor may be located away from the vehicle and wirelessly communicate with the vehicle. In other aspects, some of the processes described herein are executed on a processor disposed in the vehicle and others are executed by a remote processor, including taking the necessary steps to perform a single manipulation.
在一些实施例中,数据存储装置114可包含指令115(例如,程序逻辑),指令115可被处理器113执行来执行车辆100的各种功能,包括以上描述的那些功能。数据存储装置114也可包含额外的指令,包括向推进系统102、传感器系统104、控制系统106和外围设备108中的一个或多个发送数据、从其接收数据、与其交互和/或对其进行控制的指令。In some embodiments, the data storage device 114 may include instructions 115 (eg, program logic), which may be executed by the processor 113 to perform various functions of the vehicle 100, including those functions described above. The data storage device 114 may also contain additional instructions, including sending data to, receiving data from, interacting with, and/or performing data on one or more of the propulsion system 102, the sensor system 104, the control system 106, and the peripheral device 108. Control instructions.
除了指令115以外,数据存储装置114还可存储数据,例如道路地图、路线信息,车辆的位置、方向、速度以及其它这样的车辆数据,以及其他信息。这种信息可在车辆100在自主、半自主和/或手动模式中操作期间被车辆100和计算机系统112使用。In addition to the instructions 115, the data storage device 114 may also store data, such as road maps, route information, the location, direction, and speed of the vehicle, and other such vehicle data, as well as other information. Such information may be used by the vehicle 100 and the computer system 112 during the operation of the vehicle 100 in autonomous, semi-autonomous, and/or manual modes.
处理器113通过传感系统104获取道路可行驶区域感知信息,并根据道路可行驶区域感知信息得到感知可行驶区域;对该感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,其中,第一区域为校验可靠的可行驶区域,第二区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域;若第一区域覆盖ROI时,则处理器113将第一区域确定为道路可行驶区域;若第一区域未覆盖ROI时,则处理器113从数据存储装置114中获取感知记忆信息,并根据感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理操作,以得到第三区域和第四区域,第三区域为感知记忆区域与第二区域重叠的区域,第四区域为第二区域中感知记忆区域未覆盖的区域;若第一区域和第三区域覆盖ROI,则处理器113将第一区域和第三区域确定为道路可行驶区域;若第一区域和第三区域未覆盖ROI,则处理器113从数据存储装置114或者其他单元或者服务器获取可行驶位置点信息,并根据该可行驶位置点信息对第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域,该第五区域为第四区域中的可行驶区域;处理器113将第一区域、第三区域和第五区域确 定为道路可行驶区域;处理器113根据道路可行驶区域进行行驶路线规划决策,以得到规划行驶路线;处理器113将规划行驶路线发送至控制系统106,控制系统106的各功能模块根据规划行驶路线控制车辆100行驶。The processor 113 obtains the road drivable area perception information through the sensor system 104, and obtains the perceptible drivable area according to the road drivable area perception information; checks the perceptual drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area, Wherein, the first area is a drivable area with reliable verification, and the second area is a drivable area with unreliable verification; if the first area covers the ROI, the processor 113 determines the first area as a road drivable area; If the first area does not cover the ROI, the processor 113 obtains the perceptual memory information from the data storage device 114, and performs inference operations on the second area according to the perceptual memory information to obtain the third area and the fourth area. Is the area where the sensing memory area overlaps with the second area, and the fourth area is the area not covered by the sensing memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the processor 113 compares the first area with the third area The area is determined to be a drivable area on the road; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the processor 113 obtains the drivable position point information from the data storage device 114 or other units or servers, and compares the drivable position point information according to the drivable position point information. The fourth area performs inference to obtain the fifth area, which is the drivable area in the fourth area; the processor 113 determines the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as road drivable areas; 113 makes driving route planning decisions based on the road's drivable area to obtain a planned driving route; the processor 113 sends the planned driving route to the control system 106, and each functional module of the control system 106 controls the vehicle 100 to travel according to the planned driving route.
用户接口116,用于向车辆100的用户提供信息或从其接收信息。可选地,用户接口116可包括在外围设备108的集合内的一个或多个输入/输出设备,例如无线通信系统146、车载电脑148、麦克风150和扬声器152。The user interface 116 is used to provide information to or receive information from a user of the vehicle 100. Optionally, the user interface 116 may include one or more input/output devices in the set of peripheral devices 108, such as a wireless communication system 146, a car computer 148, a microphone 150, and a speaker 152.
计算机系统112可基于从各种子系统(例如,行进系统102、传感器系统104和控制系统106)以及从用户接口116接收的输入来控制车辆100的功能。例如,计算机系统112可利用来自控制系统106的输入以便控制转向单元132来避免由传感器系统104和障碍物避免系统144检测到的障碍物。在一些实施例中,计算机系统112可操作来对车辆100及其子系统的许多方面提供控制。The computer system 112 may control the functions of the vehicle 100 based on inputs received from various subsystems (eg, travel system 102, sensor system 104, and control system 106) and from the user interface 116. For example, the computer system 112 may utilize input from the control system 106 in order to control the steering unit 132 to avoid obstacles detected by the sensor system 104 and the obstacle avoidance system 144. In some embodiments, the computer system 112 is operable to provide control of many aspects of the vehicle 100 and its subsystems.
可选地,上述这些组件中的一个或多个可与车辆100分开安装或关联。例如,数据存储装置114可以部分或完全地与车辆100分开存在。上述组件可以按有线和/或无线方式来通信地耦合在一起。Optionally, one or more of these components described above may be installed or associated with the vehicle 100 separately. For example, the data storage device 114 may exist partially or completely separately from the vehicle 100. The aforementioned components may be communicatively coupled together in a wired and/or wireless manner.
可选地,上述组件只是一个示例,实际应用中,上述各个模块中的组件有可能根据实际需要增添或者删除,图1b不应理解为对本发明实施例的限制。Optionally, the above-mentioned components are only an example. In actual applications, components in the above-mentioned modules may be added or deleted according to actual needs. FIG. 1b should not be understood as a limitation to the embodiment of the present invention.
在道路行进的自动驾驶汽车,如上面的车辆100,可以识别其周围环境内的物体以确定对当前速度的调整。所述物体可以是其它车辆、交通控制设备、或者其它类型的物体。在一些示例中,可以独立地考虑每个识别的物体,并且基于物体的各自的特性,诸如它的当前速度、加速度、与车辆的间距等,可以用来确定自动驾驶汽车所要调整的速度。An autonomous vehicle traveling on a road, such as the vehicle 100 above, can recognize objects in its surrounding environment to determine the adjustment to the current speed. The object may be other vehicles, traffic control equipment, or other types of objects. In some examples, each recognized object can be considered independently, and based on the respective characteristics of the object, such as its current speed, acceleration, distance from the vehicle, etc., can be used to determine the speed to be adjusted by the autonomous vehicle.
可选地,自动驾驶汽车车辆100或者与自动驾驶车辆100相关联的计算设备(如图1b的计算机系统112、计算机视觉系统140、数据存储装置114)可以基于所识别的物体的特性和周围环境的状态(例如,交通、雨、道路上的冰、等等)来预测所述识别的物体的行为。可选地,每一个所识别的物体都依赖于彼此的行为,因此还可以将所识别的所有物体全部一起考虑来预测单个识别的物体的行为。车辆100能够基于预测的所述识别的物体的行为来调整它的速度。换句话说,自动驾驶汽车能够基于所预测的物体的行为来确定车辆将需要调整到(例如,加速、减速、或者停止)什么稳定状态。在这个过程中,也可以考虑其它因素来确定车辆100的速度,诸如,车辆100在行驶的道路中的横向位置、道路的曲率、静态和动态物体的接近度等等。Optionally, the self-driving car vehicle 100 or the computing device associated with the self-driving vehicle 100 (such as the computer system 112, the computer vision system 140, and the data storage device 114 in FIG. 1b) may be based on the characteristics of the identified object and the surrounding environment The state of the object (e.g., traffic, rain, ice on the road, etc.) to predict the behavior of the identified object. Optionally, each recognized object depends on each other's behavior, so all recognized objects can also be considered together to predict the behavior of a single recognized object. The vehicle 100 can adjust its speed based on the predicted behavior of the identified object. In other words, an autonomous vehicle can determine what stable state the vehicle will need to adjust to (for example, accelerate, decelerate, or stop) based on the predicted behavior of the object. In this process, other factors may also be considered to determine the speed of the vehicle 100, such as the lateral position of the vehicle 100 on the road on which it is traveling, the curvature of the road, the proximity of static and dynamic objects, and so on.
除了提供调整自动驾驶汽车的速度的指令之外,计算设备还可以提供修改车辆100的转向角的指令,以使得自动驾驶汽车遵循给定的轨迹和/或维持与自动驾驶汽车附近的物体(例如,道路上的相邻车道中的轿车)的安全横向和纵向距离。In addition to providing instructions to adjust the speed of the self-driving car, the computing device can also provide instructions to modify the steering angle of the vehicle 100, so that the self-driving car follows a given trajectory and/or maintains an object near the self-driving car (for example, , The safe horizontal and vertical distances of cars in adjacent lanes on the road.
上述车辆100可以为轿车、卡车、摩托车、公共汽车、船、飞机、直升飞机、割草机、娱乐车、游乐场车辆、施工设备、电车、高尔夫球车、火车、和手推车等,本发明实施例不做特别的限定。The above-mentioned vehicle 100 can be a car, truck, motorcycle, bus, boat, airplane, helicopter, lawn mower, recreational vehicle, playground vehicle, construction equipment, tram, golf cart, train, and trolley, etc. The embodiments of the invention are not particularly limited.
场景示例2:自动驾驶系统Scenario example 2: Autonomous driving system
根据图2,计算机系统101包括处理器103,处理器103和系统总线105耦合。处理器 103可以是一个或者多个处理器,其中每个处理器都可以包括一个或多个处理器核。显示适配器(video adapter)107,显示适配器可以驱动显示器109,显示器109和系统总线105耦合。系统总线105通过总线桥111和输入输出(I/O)总线113耦合。I/O接口115和I/O总线耦合。I/O接口115和多种I/O设备进行通信,比如输入设备117(如:键盘,鼠标,触摸屏等),多媒体盘(media tray)121,(例如,CD-ROM,多媒体接口等)。收发器123(可以发送和/或接受无线电通信信号),摄像头155(可以捕捉景田和动态数字视频图像)和外部USB接口125。其中,可选地,和I/O接口115相连接的接口可以是USB接口。According to FIG. 2, the computer system 101 includes a processor 103, and the processor 103 is coupled to a system bus 105. The processor 103 may be one or more processors, where each processor may include one or more processor cores. A display adapter (video adapter) 107 can drive the display 109, and the display 109 is coupled to the system bus 105. The system bus 105 is coupled with an input output (I/O) bus 113 through a bus bridge 111. The I/O interface 115 is coupled to the I/O bus. The I/O interface 115 communicates with a variety of I/O devices, such as an input device 117 (such as a keyboard, a mouse, a touch screen, etc.), a media tray 121 (such as a CD-ROM, a multimedia interface, etc.). Transceiver 123 (can send and/or receive radio communication signals), camera 155 (can capture scene and dynamic digital video images) and external USB interface 125. Wherein, optionally, the interface connected to the I/O interface 115 may be a USB interface.
其中,处理器103可以是任何传统处理器,包括精简指令集计算(“RISC”)处理器、复杂指令集计算(“CISC”)处理器或上述的组合。可选地,处理器可以是诸如专用集成电路(“ASIC”)的专用装置。可选地,处理器103可以是神经网络处理器或者是神经网络处理器和上述传统处理器的组合。The processor 103 may be any conventional processor, including a reduced instruction set computing ("RISC") processor, a complex instruction set computing ("CISC") processor, or a combination of the foregoing. Alternatively, the processor may be a dedicated device such as an application specific integrated circuit ("ASIC"). Optionally, the processor 103 may be a neural network processor or a combination of a neural network processor and the foregoing traditional processors.
可选地,在本文所述的各种实施例中,计算机系统101可位于远离自动驾驶车辆的地方,并且可与自动驾驶车辆0无线通信。在其它方面,本文所述的一些过程在设置在自动驾驶车辆内的处理器上执行,其它由远程处理器执行,包括采取执行单个操纵所需的动作。Optionally, in various embodiments described herein, the computer system 101 may be located far away from the autonomous driving vehicle, and may communicate with the autonomous driving vehicle O wirelessly. In other respects, some of the processes described herein are executed on a processor provided in an autonomous vehicle, and others are executed by a remote processor, including taking actions required to perform a single manipulation.
计算机101可以通过网络接口129和软件部署服务器149通信。网络接口129是硬件网络接口,比如,网卡。网络127可以是外部网络,比如因特网,也可以是内部网络,比如以太网或者虚拟私人网络(VPN)。可选地,网络127还可是无线网络,比如WiFi网络,蜂窝网络等。The computer 101 can communicate with the software deployment server 149 through the network interface 129. The network interface 129 is a hardware network interface, such as a network card. The network 127 may be an external network, such as the Internet, or an internal network, such as an Ethernet or a virtual private network (VPN). Optionally, the network 127 may also be a wireless network, such as a WiFi network, a cellular network, and so on.
硬盘驱动接口和系统总线105耦合。硬件驱动接口和硬盘驱动器相连接。系统内存135和系统总线105耦合。运行在系统内存135的数据可以包括计算机101的操作系统137和应用程序143。The hard disk drive interface is coupled to the system bus 105. The hardware drive interface is connected with the hard drive. The system memory 135 is coupled to the system bus 105. The data running in the system memory 135 may include the operating system 137 and application programs 143 of the computer 101.
操作系统包括Shell 139和内核(kernel)141。Shell 139是介于使用者和操作系统之内核(kernel)间的一个接口。shell是操作系统最外面的一层。shell管理使用者与操作系统之间的交互:等待使用者的输入,向操作系统解释使用者的输入,并且处理各种各样的操作系统的输出结果。The operating system includes Shell 139 and kernel 141. Shell 139 is an interface between the user and the kernel of the operating system. The shell is the outermost layer of the operating system. The shell manages the interaction between the user and the operating system: waiting for the user's input, explaining the user's input to the operating system, and processing the output of various operating systems.
内核141由操作系统中用于管理存储器、文件、外设和系统资源的那些部分组成。直接与硬件交互,操作系统内核通常运行进程,并提供进程间的通信,提供CPU时间片管理、中断、内存管理、IO管理等等。The kernel 141 is composed of those parts of the operating system for managing memory, files, peripherals, and system resources. Directly interact with hardware, the operating system kernel usually runs processes and provides inter-process communication, providing CPU time slice management, interrupts, memory management, IO management, and so on.
应用程序143包括控制汽车自动驾驶相关的程序,比如,管理自动驾驶的汽车和路上障碍物交互的程序,控制自动驾驶汽车路线或者速度的程序,控制自动驾驶汽车和路上其他自动驾驶汽车交互的程序。应用程序143也存在于软件部署服务器149的系统上。在一个实施例中,在需要执行应用程序147时,计算机系统101可以从软件部署服务器149下载应用程序143。Application programs 143 include programs related to controlling auto-driving cars, such as programs that manage the interaction between autonomous vehicles and road obstacles, programs that control the route or speed of autonomous vehicles, and programs that control interaction between autonomous vehicles and other autonomous vehicles on the road. . The application program 143 also exists on the system of the software deployment server 149. In one embodiment, when the application program 147 needs to be executed, the computer system 101 may download the application program 143 from the software deployment server 149.
传感器153和摄像头155获取车道路可行驶区域感知信息,并通过I/O接口115、总线桥111、系统总线105及硬盘驱动器接口121将道路可行驶区域感知信息保存至硬盘驱动器131中,处理器103通过系统总线105及硬盘驱动器接口121从硬盘驱动器131中获取道路可行驶区域感知信息,并对道路可行驶区域感知信息执行应用程序143中的自动驾驶相关程序147,在执行自动驾驶相关程序147时,处理器103具体执行如下步骤;根据道路 可行驶区域感知信息获取感知可行驶区域,并对该感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,其中,第一区域为校验可靠的可行驶区域,第二区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域;若第一区域覆盖ROI时,则处理器103将第一区域确定为道路可行驶区域;若第一区域未覆盖ROI时,则处理器103从硬盘驱动器133中获取感知记忆信息,并根据感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理操作,以得到第三区域和第四区域,第三区域为感知记忆区域与第二区域重叠的区域,第四区域为第二区域中感知记忆区域未覆盖的区域;若第一区域和第三区域覆盖ROI,则处理器103将第一区域和第三区域确定为道路可行驶区域;若第一区域和第三区域未覆盖ROI,则处理器103从硬盘驱动器133或者其他单元或者服务器获取可行驶位置点信息,并根据该可行驶位置点信息对第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域,该第五区域为第四区域中的可行驶区域;处理器113将第一区域、第三区域和第五区域确定为道路可行驶区域;处理器113根据道路可行驶区域进行行驶路线规划决策,以得到规划行驶路线;处理器113根据规划行驶路线控制车辆行驶。The sensor 153 and the camera 155 obtain the road travelable area perception information, and save the road travelable area perception information to the hard drive 131 through the I/O interface 115, the bus bridge 111, the system bus 105, and the hard drive interface 121. The processor 103 obtains the road drivable area perception information from the hard disk drive 131 through the system bus 105 and the hard disk drive interface 121, and executes the automatic driving related program 147 in the application 143 for the road drivable area perception information, and executes the automatic driving related program 147 When the time, the processor 103 specifically executes the following steps; obtain the perceived drivable area according to the road drivable area perception information, and verify the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is If the first area covers the ROI, the processor 103 will determine the first area as the road-drivable area; if the first area is not covered by the ROI In ROI, the processor 103 obtains the perceptual memory information from the hard disk drive 133, and performs inference operations on the second area according to the perceptual memory information to obtain the third area and the fourth area. The third area is the perceptual memory area and the second area. The area where the area overlaps, the fourth area is the area not covered by the perceptual memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the processor 103 determines the first area and the third area as road-driving areas If the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the processor 103 obtains the drivable position point information from the hard disk drive 133 or other unit or server, and infers the fourth area based on the drivable position point information to obtain The fifth area, the fifth area is a drivable area in the fourth area; the processor 113 determines the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as road drivable areas; the processor 113 drives according to the road drivable area Route planning decisions are made to obtain a planned driving route; the processor 113 controls the vehicle to travel according to the planned driving route.
传感器153和计算机系统101关联。传感器153用于探测计算机101周围的环境。举例来说,传感器153可以探测动物,汽车,障碍物和人行横道等,进一步传感器还可以探测上述动物,汽车,障碍物和人行横道等物体周围的环境,比如:动物周围的环境,例如,动物周围出现的其他动物,天气条件,周围环境的光亮度等。可选地,如果计算机101位于自动驾驶的汽车上,传感器可以是摄像头,红外线感应器,化学检测器,麦克风等。The sensor 153 is associated with the computer system 101. The sensor 153 is used to detect the environment around the computer 101. For example, the sensor 153 can detect animals, cars, obstacles, and crosswalks. Further, the sensor can also detect the environment around objects such as animals, cars, obstacles, and crosswalks, such as the environment around the animals, for example, when the animals appear around them. Other animals, weather conditions, the brightness of the surrounding environment, etc. Optionally, if the computer 101 is located on a self-driving car, the sensor may be a camera, an infrared sensor, a chemical detector, a microphone, etc.
比如通过速度传感器获取自车的绝对速度和周围车辆的相对速度、通过位置传感器获取自车的相对位置坐标等,通过角度传感器获取自车在行驶方向上车头的角度。For example, the absolute speed of the own vehicle and the relative speed of surrounding vehicles are obtained through the speed sensor, the relative position coordinates of the own vehicle are obtained through the position sensor, etc., and the angle of the head of the own vehicle in the driving direction is obtained through the angle sensor.
硬件的具体实现:The concrete realization of the hardware:
图3,是本发明实施例提供的一种芯片硬件结构图。Figure 3 is a chip hardware structure diagram provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
神经网络处理器NPU 50作为协处理器挂载到主CPU(Host CPU)上,由Host CPU分配任务。NPU的核心部分为运算电路50,控制器504控制运算电路503提取存储器(权重存储器或输入存储器)中的数据并进行运算。The neural network processor NPU 50 is mounted on the main CPU (Host CPU) as a coprocessor, and the Host CPU allocates tasks. The core part of the NPU is the arithmetic circuit 50. The controller 504 controls the arithmetic circuit 503 to extract data from the memory (weight memory or input memory) and perform calculations.
在一些实现中,运算电路503内部包括多个处理单元(Process Engine,PE)。在一些实现中,运算电路503是二维脉动阵列。运算电路503还可以是一维脉动阵列或者能够执行例如乘法和加法这样的数学运算的其它电子线路。在一些实现中,运算电路503是通用的矩阵处理器。In some implementations, the arithmetic circuit 503 includes multiple processing units (Process Engine, PE). In some implementations, the arithmetic circuit 503 is a two-dimensional systolic array. The arithmetic circuit 503 may also be a one-dimensional systolic array or other electronic circuits capable of performing mathematical operations such as multiplication and addition. In some implementations, the arithmetic circuit 503 is a general-purpose matrix processor.
举例来说,假设有输入矩阵A,权重矩阵B,输出矩阵C。运算电路从权重存储器502中取矩阵B相应的数据,并缓存在运算电路中每一个PE上。运算电路从输入存储器501中取矩阵A数据与矩阵B进行矩阵运算,得到的矩阵的部分结果或最终结果,保存在累加器508 accumulator中。For example, suppose there is an input matrix A, a weight matrix B, and an output matrix C. The arithmetic circuit fetches the corresponding data of matrix B from the weight memory 502 and buffers it on each PE in the arithmetic circuit. The arithmetic circuit takes the data of matrix A and matrix B from the input memory 501 to perform matrix operations, and the partial results or final results of the obtained matrix are stored in the accumulator 508.
向量计算单元507可以对运算电路的输出做进一步处理,如向量乘,向量加,指数运算,对数运算,大小比较等等。例如,向量计算单元507可以用于神经网络中非卷积/非FC层的网络计算,如池化(Pooling),批归一化(Batch Normalization),局部响应归一化(Local Response Normalization)等。The vector calculation unit 507 can perform further processing on the output of the arithmetic circuit, such as vector multiplication, vector addition, exponential operation, logarithmic operation, size comparison and so on. For example, the vector calculation unit 507 can be used for network calculations in the non-convolutional/non-FC layer of the neural network, such as pooling, batch normalization, local response normalization, etc. .
在一些实现种,向量计算单元能507将经处理的输出的向量存储到统一缓存器506。 例如,向量计算单元507可以将非线性函数应用到运算电路503的输出,例如累加值的向量,用以生成激活值。在一些实现中,向量计算单元507生成归一化的值、合并值,或二者均有。在一些实现中,处理过的输出的向量能够用作到运算电路503的激活输入,例如用于在神经网络中的后续层中的使用。In some implementations, the vector calculation unit 507 can store the processed output vector in the unified buffer 506. For example, the vector calculation unit 507 may apply a nonlinear function to the output of the arithmetic circuit 503, such as a vector of accumulated values, to generate the activation value. In some implementations, the vector calculation unit 507 generates a normalized value, a combined value, or both. In some implementations, the processed output vector can be used as an activation input to the arithmetic circuit 503, for example for use in subsequent layers in a neural network.
统一存储器506用于存放输入数据以及输出数据。The unified memory 506 is used to store input data and output data.
存储单元访问控制器505(Direct Memory Access Controller,DMAC)将外部存储器中的输入数据搬运到输入存储器501和/或统一存储器506、将外部存储器中的权重数据存入权重存储器502,以及将统一存储器506中的数据存入外部存储器。The memory unit access controller 505 (Direct Memory Access Controller, DMAC) transfers the input data in the external memory to the input memory 501 and/or the unified memory 506, stores the weight data in the external memory into the weight memory 502, and stores the unified memory The data in 506 is stored in the external memory.
总线接口单元(Bus Interface Unit,BIU)510,用于通过总线实现主CPU、DMAC和取指存储器509之间进行交互。A bus interface unit (BIU) 510 is used to implement interaction between the main CPU, the DMAC, and the fetch memory 509 through the bus.
与控制器504连接的取指存储器(instruction fetch buffer)509,用于存储控制器504使用的指令;An instruction fetch buffer 509 connected to the controller 504 is used to store instructions used by the controller 504;
控制器504,用于调用取指存储器509中缓存的指令,实现控制该运算加速器的工作过程。The controller 504 is used to call the instruction cached in the instruction fetch memory 509 to control the working process of the operation accelerator.
一般地,统一存储器506,输入存储器501,权重存储器502以及取指存储器509均为片上(On-Chip)存储器,外部存储器为该NPU外部的存储器,该外部存储器可以为双倍数据率同步动态随机存储器(Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory,简称DDR SDRAM)、高带宽存储器(High Bandwidth Memory,HBM)或其他可读可写的存储器。Generally, the unified memory 506, the input memory 501, the weight memory 502, and the instruction fetch memory 509 are all on-chip (On-Chip) memories, and the external memory is a memory external to the NPU. The external memory can be a double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory. Memory (Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory, referred to as DDR SDRAM), High Bandwidth Memory (HBM) or other readable and writable memory.
图1b和图2中的程序算法可以由主CPU和NPU共同配合完成的。The program algorithm in Figure 1b and Figure 2 can be completed by the main CPU and NPU together.
云侧的实施例的描述示例:A description example of the embodiment on the cloud side:
示例1:Example 1:
计算机系统112还可以从其它计算机系统接收信息或转移信息到其它计算机系统。或者,从车辆100的传感器系统104收集的传感器数据可以被转移到另一个计算机对此数据进行处理。如图4所示,来自计算机系统112的数据可以经由网络被传送到云侧的计算机720用于进一步的处理。网络以及中间节点可以包括各种配置和协议,包括因特网、万维网、内联网、虚拟专用网络、广域网、局域网、使用一个或多个公司的专有通信协议的专用网络、以太网、WiFi和HTTP、以及前述的各种组合。这种通信可以由能够传送数据到其它计算机和从其它计算机传送数据的任何设备,诸如调制解调器和无线接口。The computer system 112 may also receive information from other computer systems or transfer information to other computer systems. Alternatively, the sensor data collected from the sensor system 104 of the vehicle 100 may be transferred to another computer to process the data. As shown in FIG. 4, data from the computer system 112 may be transmitted to the computer 720 on the cloud side via the network for further processing. The network and intermediate nodes can include various configurations and protocols, including the Internet, World Wide Web, Intranet, virtual private network, wide area network, local area network, private network using one or more company's proprietary communication protocols, Ethernet, WiFi and HTTP, And various combinations of the foregoing. This communication can be by any device capable of transferring data to and from other computers, such as modems and wireless interfaces.
在一个示例中,计算机720可以包括具有多个计算机的服务器,例如负载均衡服务器群,为了从计算机系统112接收、处理并传送数据的目的,其与网络的不同节点交换信息。该服务器可以被类似于计算机系统110配置,具有处理器730、存储器740、指令750、和数据760。In one example, the computer 720 may include a server with multiple computers, such as a load balancing server group, which exchanges information with different nodes of the network for the purpose of receiving, processing, and transmitting data from the computer system 112. The server can be configured similarly to the computer system 110 and has a processor 730, a memory 740, instructions 750, and data 760.
在一个示例中,服务器720中的数据可以包括车辆的上的通信装置发送的车辆的可行驶位置点坐标、车辆的车头的角度等信息。服务器720中的数据还可以包括历史栅格地图等数据。In an example, the data in the server 720 may include information such as the vehicle's drivable position point coordinates, the angle of the front of the vehicle, and the like sent by the communication device on the vehicle. The data in the server 720 may also include data such as historical grid maps.
示例2:Example 2:
图5示出了根据示例实施例的自主驾驶车辆和云服务中心的示例。云服务中心520可以经诸如无线通信网络的网络502,从其操作环境500内的自动驾驶辆510、512和514接收信息(诸如车辆传感器收集到数据或者其它信息)。FIG. 5 shows an example of an autonomous driving vehicle and a cloud service center according to an example embodiment. The cloud service center 520 may receive information (such as data collected by vehicle sensors or other information) from the autonomous vehicles 510, 512, and 514 in its operating environment 500 via a network 502 such as a wireless communication network.
比如自车的可行驶位置点坐标、周围车辆的可行驶位置点坐标和可行驶区域感知区域信息等。For example, the coordinates of the driving position of the own vehicle, the coordinates of the driving position of the surrounding vehicles, and the area information of the driving area perception.
云服务中心520根据接收到的数据,运行其存储的控制汽车自动驾驶相关的程序对自动驾驶车辆510、512和514进行控制。控制汽车自动驾驶相关的程序可以为,管理自动驾驶的汽车和路上障碍物交互的程序,控制自动驾驶汽车路线或者速度的程序,控制自动驾驶汽车和路上其他自动驾驶汽车交互的程序。According to the received data, the cloud service center 520 runs its stored programs related to controlling automatic driving of automobiles to control the autonomous vehicles 510, 512, and 514. Programs related to controlling auto-driving can be programs that manage the interaction between autonomous vehicles and obstacles on the road, programs that control the route or speed of autonomous vehicles, and programs that control interaction between autonomous vehicles and other autonomous vehicles on the road.
云服务中心520获取道路可行驶区域感知信息,并根据道路可行驶区域感知信息得到感知可行驶区域;对该感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,其中,第一区域为校验可靠的可行驶区域,第二区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域;若第一区域覆盖ROI时,则将第一区域确定为道路可行驶区域;若第一区域未覆盖ROI时,则云服务中心520获取感知记忆信息,并根据感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理操作,以得到第三区域和第四区域,第三区域为感知记忆区域与第二区域重叠的区域,第四区域为第二区域中感知记忆区域未覆盖的区域;若第一区域和第三区域覆盖ROI,则云服务中心520将第一区域和第三区域确定为道路可行驶区域;若第一区域和第三区域未覆盖ROI,则云服务中心520获取可行驶位置点信息,并根据该可行驶位置点信息对第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域,该第五区域为第四区域中的可行驶区域;云服务中心520将第一区域、第三区域和第五区域确定为道路可行驶区域。云服务中心520根据道路可行驶区域进行行驶路线规划决策,以得到规划行驶路线;云服务中心520将规划行驶路线发送至车辆的控制系统,以使控制系统的各功能模块根据规划行驶路线控制车辆行驶。The cloud service center 520 obtains the road-drivable area perception information, and obtains the perceived drivable area according to the road-drivable area perception information; checks the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area. The area is a drivable area with reliable verification, and the second area is a drivable area with unreliable verification; if the first area covers the ROI, the first area is determined as the road drivable area; if the first area does not cover the ROI When the time, the cloud service center 520 obtains the perceptual memory information, and performs inference operations on the second area according to the perceptual memory information to obtain the third area and the fourth area. The third area is the area where the perceptual memory area and the second area overlap. The fourth area is the area not covered by the perceptual memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the cloud service center 520 determines the first area and the third area as road-driving areas; If the area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the cloud service center 520 obtains the drivable position point information, and infers the fourth area based on the drivable position point information to obtain the fifth area, which is the fourth area The cloud service center 520 determines the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as road drivable areas. The cloud service center 520 makes driving route planning decisions based on the driveable area of the road to obtain the planned driving route; the cloud service center 520 sends the planned driving route to the vehicle control system so that the functional modules of the control system control the vehicle according to the planned driving route Driving.
网络502将地图的部分向外提供给自动驾驶车辆510、512或514。在其它示例中,可以在不同位置或中心之间划分操作。例如,多个云服务中心520可以接收、证实、组合和/或发送信息报告。在一些示例中还可以在自动驾驶车辆之间发送信息报告和/传感器数据。其它配置也是可能的。The network 502 externally provides part of the map to the autonomous vehicle 510, 512, or 514. In other examples, operations can be divided between different locations or centers. For example, multiple cloud service centers 520 may receive, confirm, combine, and/or send information reports. In some examples, information reports and/or sensor data can also be sent between autonomous vehicles. Other configurations are also possible.
在一些示例中,云服务中心520向自动驾驶车辆发送对于关于环境内可能的驾驶情况所建议的解决方案(如,告知前方障碍物,并告知如何绕开它)。例如,云服务中心520可以辅助车辆确定当面对环境内的特定障碍时如何行进。云服务中心520向自动驾驶车辆发送指示该车辆应当在给定场景中如何行进的响应。例如,云服务中心520基于收集到的传感器数据,可以确认道路前方具有临时停车标志的存在,并还该车道上基于“车道封闭”标志和施工车辆的传感器数据,确定该车道由于施上而被封闭。相应地,云服务中心520发送用于自动驾驶车辆通过障碍的建议操作模式(例如:指示车辆变道另一条道路上)。云服务中心520观察其操作环境内的视频流并且已确认自动驾驶车辆能安全并成功地穿过障碍时,对该自动驾驶车辆所使用操作步骤可以被添加到驾驶信息地图中。相应地,这一信息可以发送到该区域内可能遇到相同障碍的其它车辆,以便辅助其它车辆不仅识别出封闭的车道还知道如何通过。In some examples, the cloud service center 520 sends to the autonomous vehicle a suggested solution for possible driving situations in the environment (eg, inform the obstacle ahead and tell how to avoid it). For example, the cloud service center 520 may assist the vehicle in determining how to proceed when facing a specific obstacle in the environment. The cloud service center 520 sends a response to the autonomous vehicle indicating how the vehicle should travel in a given scene. For example, the cloud service center 520 can confirm the existence of a temporary stop sign in front of the road based on the collected sensor data, and also determine that the lane has been impaired due to the “lane closed” sign and the sensor data of construction vehicles on the lane. Closed. Correspondingly, the cloud service center 520 sends a suggested operation mode for the automatic driving vehicle to pass the obstacle (for example, instructing the vehicle to change lanes on another road). When the cloud service center 520 observes the video stream in its operating environment and has confirmed that the autonomous driving vehicle can safely and successfully pass through the obstacle, the operation steps used for the autonomous driving vehicle can be added to the driving information map. Correspondingly, this information can be sent to other vehicles in the area that may encounter the same obstacle, so as to assist other vehicles not only to recognize the closed lane but also how to pass.
参见图6,图6为本发明实施例提供的一种道路可行驶区域推理方法的应用场景示意图。如图6所示,该应用场景包括:车载装置601、路侧单元602和云端信息平台。Referring to FIG. 6, FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a method for reasoning on a road drivable area provided by an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 6, the application scenario includes: a vehicle-mounted device 601, a roadside unit 602, and a cloud information platform.
其中,云端信息平台603与路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)602之间的数据交互是通过远程通信实现的,比如4G、5G、光纤通信等;车辆装置601与云端信息平台603之间的数据交互是通过远程通信完成的,比如4G、5G等;车载装置601与路侧单元602信息交互通过短程通信实现的,如DSRC技术、针对车辆的长期演进(long term evolution for vehicle,LTE-V)技术等。Among them, the data interaction between the cloud information platform 603 and the roadside unit (RSU) 602 is realized through remote communication, such as 4G, 5G, optical fiber communication, etc.; the vehicle device 601 and the cloud information platform 603 Data interaction is completed through remote communication, such as 4G, 5G, etc.; information interaction between the vehicle-mounted device 601 and the roadside unit 602 is achieved through short-range communication, such as DSRC technology, long term evolution for vehicles, LTE-V ) Technology etc.
车载装置601获取道路可行驶区域感知信息,并根据道路可行驶区域感知信息得到感知可行驶区域;对该感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,其中第一区域为校验可靠的可行驶区域,第二区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域;若第一区域覆盖ROI时,则车载装置601将第一区域确定为道路可行驶区域;若第一区域未覆盖ROI时,则车载装置601从其存储器中获取可行驶区域感知记忆信息,并通过感知记忆区域对校验不可靠的可行驶区域进行推理操作,得到第三区域和第四区域,其中第三区域为感知记忆区域与第二区域重叠的区域,第四区域为第二区域中感知记忆区域未覆盖的区域;若第一区域和第三区域覆盖ROI,则车载装置601将第一区域和第三区域确定为道路可行驶区域;若第一区域和第三区域未覆盖ROI,则车载装置601从RSU 602或云端信息平台603中获取可行驶位置点信息,并根据可行驶位置点信息对第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域,第五区域为第四区域中的可行驶区域,并将第一区域、第三区域及第五区域确定为道路可行驶区域。然后根据道路可行驶区域进行行驶路线规划决策,以得到规划行驶路线。The vehicle-mounted device 601 obtains road-drivable area perception information, and obtains the perceived drivable area according to the road-drivable area perception information; checks the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is Check the reliable drivable area, the second area is the unreliable drivable area; if the first area covers the ROI, the vehicle-mounted device 601 determines the first area as the road drivable area; if the first area is not covered In the case of ROI, the vehicle-mounted device 601 obtains the perceptual memory information of the drivable area from its memory, and uses the perceptual memory area to perform inference operations on the unreliable drivable area to obtain the third area and the fourth area. The third area Is the area where the sensing memory area overlaps with the second area, and the fourth area is the area not covered by the sensing memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the vehicle-mounted device 601 combines the first area and the third area. The area is determined to be a drivable area on the road; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the vehicle-mounted device 601 obtains the drivable position point information from the RSU 602 or the cloud information platform 603, and compares the fourth area according to the drivable position point information. The area is inferred to obtain the fifth area, which is the drivable area in the fourth area, and determines the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as the road drivable area. Then, the driving route planning decision is made according to the driving area of the road to obtain the planned driving route.
RSU602收集其所在路段行驶车辆产生的可行驶位置点信息,并将产生的可行驶位置点信息上传云端信息平台603,同时将该可行驶位置点信息发送至在当前路段上行驶的车辆。RSU602 collects the drivable position point information generated by the vehicle on the road section it is on, uploads the generated drivable position point information to the cloud information platform 603, and sends the drivable position point information to the vehicle traveling on the current road section.
云端信息平台603收集各个车辆产生的以及RSU602采集的可行驶位置点信息,并进行信息整合;结合车辆当前位置、用户当前行驶目的地及导航路线、用户常用驾驶路线等,更新附近路段可行驶位置点信息至车辆的车载装置;按不同道路方向更新可行驶位置点信息至对应道路的RSU602。The cloud information platform 603 collects the drivable location point information generated by each vehicle and collected by RSU602, and integrates the information; combined with the current location of the vehicle, the user's current driving destination and navigation route, the user's common driving route, etc., update the drivable location of nearby roads Point information to the on-board device of the vehicle; update the driving position point information to the RSU602 of the corresponding road according to different road directions.
参见图7,图7为本发明实施例提供的一种道路可行驶区域推理方法的流程示意图。如图7所示,该方法包括:Refer to FIG. 7, which is a schematic flowchart of a method for reasoning on a road drivable area according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 7, the method includes:
S701、车载装置获取道路的可行驶区域感知信息,并根据可行驶区域感知信息确定感知可行驶区域。S701. The vehicle-mounted device obtains the driving area perception information of the road, and determines the perceived driving area according to the driving area perception information.
其中,可行驶区域感知信息包括自车的环境传感器获取的相关信息,比如摄像头或激光雷达获取自车前方区域的信息,包括路面信息、障碍物信息、周围车辆的相关信息;通过车辆上的毫米波雷达获取障碍物和周围车辆的速度信息及相对位置,并根据障碍物和周围车辆的速度确定障碍物和周围车辆的加速度。Among them, the driving area perception information includes relevant information obtained by the environmental sensor of the vehicle, such as the information of the area in front of the vehicle obtained by the camera or lidar, including road information, obstacle information, and related information of surrounding vehicles; The wave radar obtains the speed information and relative position of the obstacle and the surrounding vehicles, and determines the acceleration of the obstacle and the surrounding vehicles according to the speed of the obstacle and the surrounding vehicles.
车载装置根据环境传感器获取的相关信息确定感知可行驶区域。该感知可行驶区域本质上是个栅格地图,栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值为用于表征该栅格可行驶的概率。The vehicle-mounted device determines the perceived drivable area according to the relevant information obtained by the environmental sensor. The perceived drivable area is essentially a grid map, and the drivability value of each grid in the grid map is used to characterize the probability of the grid being drivable.
S702、车载装置对感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到校验结果。其中,校验结果包括第一区域和第二区域。S702. The vehicle-mounted device verifies the perceived travelable area to obtain a verification result. Wherein, the verification result includes the first area and the second area.
其中,第一区域为校验可靠的可行驶区域,第二区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域。Among them, the first area is a drivable area with reliable verification, and the second area is a drivable area with unreliable verification.
具体地,车载装置对感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到校验结果,具体包括:Specifically, the vehicle-mounted device verifies the perceived travelable area to obtain the verification result, which specifically includes:
判断感知可行驶区域的双侧道路边界是否存在,若确定感知可行驶区域的一侧道路边界或者双侧道路边界不存在,则确定该感知可行驶区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域;若确定感知可行驶区域的双侧道路边界均存在,则对感知可行驶区域进行区域划分,以得到多个子区域;判断该多个子区域中的每个子区域是否满足以下条件1-条件4;若子区域I满足条件1-条件4中的每一项,则确定子区域I为校验可靠的子区域;若子区域I不满足条件1-条件4中的任一项,则确定子区域I为校验不可靠的子区域;其中,子区域I为多个子区域中的任一个。Determine whether there is a road boundary on both sides of the perceived drivable area. If it is determined that the road boundary on one side or the road boundary on both sides of the perceived drivable area does not exist, determine that the perceived drivable area is a drivable area with unreliable verification; if It is determined that both sides of the road boundary of the perceivable drivable area are present, then the perceptible drivable area is divided to obtain multiple sub-areas; determine whether each sub-areas of the multiple sub-areas satisfies the following conditions 1-condition 4; if the sub-areas If I satisfies each of the conditions 1-condition 4, the sub-area I is determined to be a reliable sub-area; if the sub-area I does not meet any of the conditions 1-condition 4, the sub-area I is determined to be a check Unreliable sub-region; where, sub-region I is any one of multiple sub-regions.
第一区域为多个子区域中校验可靠的子区域构成的区域,第二区域为多个子区域中校验可靠的子区域构成的区域。The first area is an area composed of sub-areas with reliable verification among multiple sub-areas, and the second area is an area composed of sub-areas with reliable verification among multiple sub-areas.
其中,条件1:子区域I的宽度满足以下条件:Among them, condition 1: the width of sub-region I meets the following conditions:
k minW≤w i≤k maxW k min W≤w i ≤k max W
W由可行驶区域经验宽度We和可行驶区域记忆宽度Wm共同确定的。W is determined jointly by the experience width We of the drivable area and the memory width Wm of the drivable area.
W=ξW e+(1-ξ)W m W=ξW e +(1-ξ)W m
其中,可行驶区域经验宽度We的取值范围可根据道路施工规范和调研文献确定,可行驶区域记忆宽度Wm可根据当前时刻之前的一段时间的可行驶区域宽度值加权平均计算得到。Among them, the value range of the driving area experience width We can be determined according to road construction specifications and research literature, and the driving area memory width Wm can be calculated based on the weighted average of the driving area width values for a period of time before the current moment.
其中,可行驶区域记忆宽度
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000055
W i为在时刻i时可行驶区域记忆宽度,μ i为W i的加权值;距离当前时刻越远的可行驶区域,其记忆宽度的加权值越大。
Among them, the memory width of the drivable area
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000055
W i at time i is travelable area memory width, [mu] i of the weighting value W i; the present time distances travelable area, the greater the weighted value width of the memory.
条件2:子区域I的边界与其相邻子区域的边界的夹角不大于第一预设角度。Condition 2: The angle between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the adjacent sub-region is not greater than the first preset angle.
具体地,若子区域I的左边界与其相邻子区域的左边界的夹角不大于第一预设角度且子区域I的右边界与其相邻子区域的右边界的夹角不大于第一预设角度,则确定子区域I的边界与其相邻子区域的边界的夹角是否不大于第一预设角度;若子区域I的左边界与其相邻子区域的左边界的夹角大于第一预设角度或子区域I的右边界与其相邻子区域的右边界的夹角大于第一预设角度,则确定子区域I的边界与其相邻子区域的边界的夹角大于第一预设角度。Specifically, if the angle between the left boundary of the subregion I and the left boundary of its adjacent subregion is not greater than the first preset angle, and the angle between the right boundary of the subregion I and the right boundary of its adjacent subregion is not greater than the first preset angle, If the angle is set, it is determined whether the included angle between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the adjacent sub-region is not greater than the first preset angle; if the included angle between the left boundary of the sub-region I and the left boundary of the adjacent sub-region is greater than the first preset Assuming that the angle or the included angle between the right boundary of the subregion I and the right boundary of the adjacent subregion is greater than the first preset angle, it is determined that the included angle between the boundary of the subregion I and the boundary of the adjacent subregion is greater than the first preset angle .
在此需要说明的是,第一预设角度的大小取决于可行驶区域的结构化程度;可行驶区域的结构化程度越高,第一预设角度越小。It should be noted here that the size of the first preset angle depends on the degree of structure of the drivable area; the higher the degree of structure of the drivable area, the smaller the first predetermined angle.
举例说明,如图8所示,区域I和区域II相邻,区域I的左边界和区域II的左边界的夹角为向量
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000056
与向量
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000057
的夹角,区域I的右边界和区域II的右边界的夹角为向量
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000058
与向量
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000059
的夹角。
For example, as shown in Figure 8, area I and area II are adjacent, and the angle between the left boundary of area I and the left boundary of area II is a vector
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000056
With vector
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000057
The angle between the right boundary of area I and the right boundary of area II is a vector
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000058
With vector
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000059
The included angle.
条件3:子区域I的边界与在当前时刻之前经校验的感知记忆区域的边界之间的距离不大于预设宽度。Condition 3: The distance between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than the preset width.
具体地,若子区域I的左边界与在当前时刻之前经校验的感知记忆区域的左边界的之间的距离不大于预设宽度且子区域I的右边界与在当前时刻之前经校验的感知记忆区域的右边界的距离不大于预设宽度,则确定子区域I的边界与在当前时刻之前经校验的感知记忆区域的边界的距离是否不大于预设宽度;若子区域I的左边界与在当前时刻之前经校验的感知记忆区域的左边界的距离大于预设宽度或子区域I的右边界与在当前时刻之前经校验的感知记忆区域的右边界的距离大于预设宽度,则确定子区域I的边界与在当前时刻之前经校验的感知记忆区域的边界的距离大于预设宽度。Specifically, if the distance between the left boundary of the subregion I and the left boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than the preset width, and the right boundary of the subregion I is equal to that verified before the current moment. The distance between the right boundary of the perceptual memory area is not greater than the preset width, then it is determined whether the distance between the boundary of the sub-area I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than the preset width; if the left boundary of the sub-area I The distance from the left boundary of the sensory memory area verified before the current moment is greater than the preset width or the distance between the right boundary of the sub-region I and the right boundary of the sensory memory area verified before the current moment is greater than the preset width, It is determined that the distance between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is greater than the preset width.
条件4:子区域I中的可行驶位置点的比例大于预设比例。Condition 4: The ratio of the drivable position points in the subregion I is greater than the preset ratio.
其中,子区域I中的可行驶位置点的比例为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000060
为子区域I内可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000061
为子区域I内不可行驶位置点的数量。
Among them, the ratio of the drivable position points in sub-area I is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000060
Is the number of driving position points in sub-area I,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000061
Is the number of non-driving position points in subarea I.
S703、车载装置判断第一区域是否覆盖ROI。S703. The vehicle-mounted device determines whether the first area covers the ROI.
其中,感兴趣区域(region of interest,ROI)为后续行驶路线决策规划模块的感兴趣区域。Among them, the region of interest (region of interest, ROI) is the region of interest of the subsequent driving route decision planning module.
其中,若第一区域覆盖ROI,则执行步骤S707;若第一区域未覆盖ROI,则执行步骤S704。Wherein, if the first area covers the ROI, step S707 is executed; if the first area does not cover the ROI, step S704 is executed.
S704、车载装置根据感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域。S704. The vehicle-mounted device infers the second area according to the perceptual memory information to obtain the third area and the fourth area.
具体地,感知记忆信息包括多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图及每个感知记忆栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值,根据感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域,包括:Specifically, the perceptual memory information includes perceptual memory grid maps at multiple historical moments and the drivability value of each grid in each perceptual memory grid map, and the second region is inferred based on the perceptual memory information to obtain the first The third area and the fourth area include:
将多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图;获取推理区域,推理区域为多个世界栅格地图与第二区域重叠的区域;将推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图;根据感知记忆栅格地图中栅格的可行驶能力值计算第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值;根据第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定第三区域和第四区域;第三区域为第一推理栅格地图中可行驶能力值大于第一阈值的栅格组成的区域;第四区域为第一推理栅格地图中可行驶能力值不大于第一阈值的栅格组成的区域。Convert the sensory memory grid maps of multiple historical moments from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps; obtain the reasoning area, which is multiple world grids The area where the grid map overlaps the second area; convert the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map; according to the perceptual memory of the grid in the grid map The driving ability value calculates the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area and the fourth area are determined according to the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area It is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is greater than the first threshold; the fourth area is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is not greater than the first threshold.
在一个可行的实施例中,将多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图,包括:In a feasible embodiment, the perceptual memory grid maps of multiple historical moments are respectively transformed from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps, including:
根据第一转换公式将多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到所述多个世界栅格地图;According to the first conversion formula, the perceptual memory grid maps of the multiple historical moments are respectively converted from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain the multiple world grid maps;
其中,第一转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000062
其中,(x vt0,y vt0)为历史时刻t0感知记忆栅格地图内的任一可行驶位置点P在自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,(x wt0,y wt0)为可行驶位置点P在世界坐标系下的坐标,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000063
为第一转换矩阵,
Among them, the first conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000062
Among them, (x vt0 ,y vt0 ) are the coordinates of any drivable location point P in the perception memory grid map at historical time t0 in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, and (x wt0 ,y wt0 ) is the drivable location point The coordinates of P in the world coordinate system,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000063
Is the first conversion matrix,
第一转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000064
(x t0,y t0)为历史时刻t0自车在世界标系下的坐标,θ t0为历史时刻t0自车的车头朝向角度。
First conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000064
(x t0 , y t0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at historical time t0 in the world standard system, and θ t0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at historical time t0.
在此需要说明的是,在不同的时刻,自车处于不同的位置,自车的车辆坐标系也是在变化的,因此在不同时刻的自车的车辆坐标系下,对于在世界坐标系下的同一位置点的坐标是不同的,进而需要将不同历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下。What needs to be explained here is that at different moments, the own vehicle is in different positions, and the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle is also changing. Therefore, in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle at different times, the The coordinates of the same location point are different, and the perceptual memory grid maps at different historical moments need to be converted from the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system.
在一个可行的实施例中,将推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图,包括:In a feasible embodiment, converting the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map includes:
根据第二转换公式将推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图;Convert the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment according to the second conversion formula to obtain the first inference grid map;
其中,第二转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000065
(x wp,y wp)为推理区域内任一可行驶位置点P’在世界坐标系下的坐标,(x vp,y vp)为可行驶位置点P’当前时刻在自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000066
为第二转换矩阵;
Among them, the second conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000065
(x wp ,y wp ) is the coordinates of any travelable position point P'in the inference area in the world coordinate system, (x vp ,y vp ) is the vehicle coordinate system of the self-vehicle at the current moment The coordinates below,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000066
Is the second conversion matrix;
第二转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000067
(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻自车在世界坐标系下的坐标,θ 0为当前时刻自车的车头朝向角度。
Second conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000067
(x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and θ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
进一步地,根据感知记忆栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值计算第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值,包括:Further, calculating the drivability value of each grid in the first inference grid map according to the drivability value of each grid in the perceptual memory grid map includes:
对第一推理栅格地图中第p列第q行栅格对应的多个历史时刻的可行驶能力值进行加权求和,以得到第一推理栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值;多个历史时刻的可行驶能力值为第p列第q行栅格在所述多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图中对应的栅格的可行驶能力值;Perform a weighted summation on the drivability value of multiple historical moments corresponding to the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map to obtain the drivability value of each grid in the first inference grid map The drivability value of the multiple historical moments is the drivability value of the corresponding grid in the perceptual memory grid map of the multiple historical moments in the grid of the p-th column and the q-th row;
其中,第一推理栅格地图中第p列第q行栅格的可行驶能力值为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000068
为在历史时刻t的感知记忆栅格地图中对应的栅格的可行驶能力值,k' t'
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000069
的权重。
Among them, the drivability value of the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000068
Sensing a corresponding memory in raster map raster historic time t travelable ability value, k 't' is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000069
the weight of.
在此需要说明的是,如图9所示,上面部分为n个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图,下面部分为n个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图与第二区域重叠的区域,即下面部分为第一推理栅格地图。n个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图中灰色栅格为下面部分中灰色栅格对应的栅格。It should be noted that, as shown in Figure 9, the upper part is the perceptual memory grid map of n historical moments, and the lower part is the area where the perceptual memory grid map of n historical moments overlaps with the second area, that is, the lower part Part is the first inference grid map. The gray grid in the perceptual memory grid map of n historical moments is the grid corresponding to the gray grid in the lower part.
S705、车载装置判断第一区域和第三区域是否覆盖ROI。S705. The vehicle-mounted device determines whether the first area and the third area cover the ROI.
其中,若第一区域和第三区域覆盖ROI,则执行步骤S707;若第一区域和第三区域未覆盖ROI,则执行步骤S706。Wherein, if the first area and the third area cover the ROI, step S707 is executed; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, then step S706 is executed.
S706、车载装置根据可行驶位置点信息对第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域。S706. The vehicle-mounted device infers the fourth area according to the information of the driving position point to obtain the fifth area.
在一个可行的实施例中,在根据可行驶位置点信息对第四区域进行推理之前,车载装置获取可行驶区域位置点信息,其中,可行驶位置点信息包括自车可行驶位置点信息和/或周围车辆可行驶位置点信息。In a feasible embodiment, before inferring the fourth area based on the drivable position point information, the vehicle-mounted device obtains the drivable area position point information, where the drivable position point information includes the self-vehicle drivable position point information and/ Or the location information of the surrounding vehicles.
在此需要指出的是,可行驶位置点信息是以在世界坐标系下的坐标表示的。What needs to be pointed out here is that the point information of the drivable position is expressed in coordinates in the world coordinate system.
在一个示例中,自车可行驶位置点信息具体可根据自车行驶信息得到,还可以从路侧单元和/或云端信息平台获取,周围车辆可行驶位置点信息可以根据周围车辆行驶信息得到的,也可以是从云端信息平台和/或从路侧单元获取的。自车可在根据自车行驶信息获取自车可行驶位置点信息后,将该可行驶位置点信息传输至路侧单元和/或云端信息平台;车载装置可根据周围车辆的行驶信息获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息,并将该周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息传输至路侧单元和/或云端信息平台;路侧单元将得到的周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息和自车可行驶位置点信息传输至云端信息平台。In an example, the location information of the self-vehicle can be obtained from the driving information of the self-vehicle, and it can also be obtained from the roadside unit and/or the cloud information platform. The location information of the surrounding vehicles can be obtained according to the information of the surrounding vehicles. , It can also be obtained from the cloud information platform and/or from the roadside unit. After obtaining the driving position information of the own car according to the driving information of the own car, the driving position point information can be transmitted to the roadside unit and/or the cloud information platform; the vehicle-mounted device can obtain the surrounding vehicles according to the driving information of the surrounding vehicles The drivable position point information of the surrounding vehicles is transmitted to the roadside unit and/or cloud information platform; the roadside unit will obtain the drivable position point information of the surrounding vehicles and the drivable position of its own vehicle Point information is transmitted to the cloud information platform.
在一个可行的实施例中,车载装置根据周车行驶信息获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息,包括:In a feasible embodiment, the vehicle-mounted device obtains the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles according to the driving information of the surrounding vehicles, including:
车载装置获取周围车辆的行驶信息和自车的行驶信息,其中周围车辆的行驶信息包括相对位置坐标和纵向相对速度,自车的行驶信息包括自车绝对位置坐标、绝对速度和车头朝向角度,其中,相对位置坐标是周围车辆在车辆坐标系下的坐标,绝对位置坐标是在世界坐标系下的坐标;车载装置根据自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度和周围车辆的相对位置坐标获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点坐标,该可行驶位置点坐标是周围车辆在世界坐标系下的坐标;根据周围车辆的纵向相对速度和自车的绝对速度确定周围车辆的可行驶位置点坐标的类型,其中,可行驶位置点坐标的类型包括逆向可行驶位置点坐标和同向可行驶位置点坐标。The vehicle-mounted device acquires the driving information of surrounding vehicles and the driving information of the own vehicle. The driving information of the surrounding vehicles includes relative position coordinates and longitudinal relative speed. The driving information of the own vehicle includes the absolute position coordinates, absolute speed and heading angle of the vehicle. , The relative position coordinates are the coordinates of the surrounding vehicles in the vehicle coordinate system, and the absolute position coordinates are the coordinates in the world coordinate system; the vehicle-mounted device obtains the surrounding vehicles according to the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle and the relative position coordinates of the surrounding vehicles The drivable position point coordinates of the surrounding vehicles are the coordinates of the surrounding vehicles in the world coordinate system; the type of the drivable position point coordinates of the surrounding vehicles is determined according to the longitudinal relative speed of the surrounding vehicles and the absolute speed of the own vehicle, where , The types of the drivable position point coordinates include the reverse direction drivable position point coordinates and the same direction drivable position point coordinates.
进一步地,车载装置根据自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及车辆A的相对位置坐标获取车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标,包括:Further, the vehicle-mounted device obtains the coordinates of the vehicle A's traversable position point according to the absolute position coordinates of the vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A, including:
通过第四转换公式对自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及车辆A的相对位置坐标进行计算,以得到车辆A的绝对位置点坐标;Calculate the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A through the fourth conversion formula to obtain the absolute position point coordinates of the vehicle A;
其中,第四转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000070
(x Av,y Av)为车辆A的相对位置坐标,(x Aw,y Aw)为车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标;
Among them, the fourth conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000070
(x Av , y Av ) are the relative position coordinates of vehicle A, (x Aw , y Aw ) are the coordinates of the position where vehicle A can travel;
第三转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000071
(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻自车的绝对位置坐标,θ 0为当前时刻自车的车头朝向角度,车辆A为周围车辆中的任一辆。
Third conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000071
(x 0 , y 0 ) is the absolute position coordinate of the own vehicle at the current moment, θ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment, and vehicle A is any of the surrounding vehicles.
在此需要说明的是,获取周围车辆的相对位置坐标和纵向相对速度时,将静止车辆排除在外;具体可采用以下方法:What needs to be explained here is that when obtaining the relative position coordinates and longitudinal relative speed of surrounding vehicles, the stationary vehicles are excluded; specifically, the following methods can be used:
假设自车在行驶方向上的绝对速度为V s,则车辆A的绝对速度为
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000072
若车辆A的绝对速度V 0小于第一速度阈值 VT1,则确定车辆A为 静止车辆;反之,确定车辆A为行驶中的车辆,其中,(ΔV x,ΔV y)为车辆A在车辆坐标系下的横向相对速度和纵向相对速度。
Assuming that the absolute speed of the vehicle in the direction of travel is V s , the absolute speed of vehicle A is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000072
If the absolute speed V 0 of vehicle A is less than the first speed threshold VT1 , vehicle A is determined to be a stationary vehicle; otherwise, vehicle A is determined to be a moving vehicle, where (ΔV x , ΔV y ) means that vehicle A is in the vehicle coordinate system The horizontal relative speed and the vertical relative speed of the bottom.
进一步地,车载装置根据自车的绝对速度和周围车辆的纵向相对速度确定周围车辆t0时刻的绝对位置坐标的类型,具体是车载装置根据周围车辆的纵向相对速度及自车的绝对速度确定周围车辆的行驶方向,在根据周围车辆的行驶方向确定周围车辆的绝对位置坐标的坐标类型;对于车辆A,若V s+ΔV x>V T2,则确定车辆A的行驶方向与自车的行驶方向同向,进而确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为同向可行驶位置点坐标,若V s+ΔV x<-V T2,则确定车辆A的行驶方向与自车的行驶方向逆向,进而确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为逆向可行驶位置点坐标,其中,V T2为第二速度阈值。 Further, the vehicle-mounted device determines the type of absolute position coordinates of the surrounding vehicles at t0 according to the absolute speed of the vehicle and the longitudinal relative speed of the surrounding vehicles. Specifically, the vehicle-mounted device determines the surrounding vehicles according to the longitudinal relative speed of the surrounding vehicles and the absolute speed of the vehicle. For vehicle A, if V s +ΔV x >V T2 , it is determined that the driving direction of vehicle A is the same as the driving direction of its own vehicle according to the driving direction of surrounding vehicles. And then determine that the vehicle A’s travelable position point coordinates are the same direction travelable position point coordinates. If V s +ΔV x <-V T2 , determine that the driving direction of vehicle A is opposite to the driving direction of the vehicle, and then determine the vehicle The coordinates of the drivable position point of A are the coordinates of the drivable position point in the reverse direction, where V T2 is the second speed threshold.
进一步地,车载装置将周围车辆的可行驶位置点坐标划分到道路方向1和道路方向2,道路方向1和道路方向2为同一道路上相反的两个方向。Further, the vehicle-mounted device divides the coordinates of the driving position points of the surrounding vehicles into road direction 1 and road direction 2, and road direction 1 and road direction 2 are two opposite directions on the same road.
具体地,如图10所示,对于周围车辆中的逆向可行驶位置点坐标,若自车沿着道路方向1行驶,则车载装置确定该逆向可行驶位置点坐标为道路方向2上的坐标,并将该逆向可行驶位置点坐标保存至道路方向2侧的路侧单元中;若自车不是沿着道路方向1行驶,则车载装置确定该逆向可行驶位置点坐标为道路方向1上的坐标,并将该逆向可行驶位置点坐标保存至道路方向1侧的路侧单元中;对于周围车辆中的同向可行驶位置点坐标,若自车沿着道路方向1行驶,则车载装置该同向可行驶位置点坐标为道路方向1上的坐标,并将该同向可行驶位置点坐标保存至道路方向1侧的路侧单元中;若自车不是沿着道路方向1行驶,则车载装置确定该同向可行驶位置点坐标为道路方向2上的坐标,并将该同向可行驶位置点坐标保存至道路方向2侧的路侧单元中。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10, for the reverse direction travelable position point coordinates in the surrounding vehicles, if the own vehicle travels along the road direction 1, the vehicle-mounted device determines that the reverse direction travelable position point coordinates are the coordinates in the road direction 2. And save the coordinates of the reverse drivable position point to the roadside unit on the road direction 2 side; if the own vehicle is not traveling along the road direction 1, the vehicle-mounted device determines that the reverse drivable position point coordinates are the coordinates on the road direction 1. , And save the coordinates of the reverse drivable position point to the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1. For the same direction drivable position point coordinates in the surrounding vehicles, if the vehicle is traveling along the road direction 1, the on-board device should synchronize The coordinates of the driving position point are the coordinates on the road direction 1, and the coordinates of the driving position point in the same direction are saved in the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1. If the vehicle is not traveling along the road direction 1, the vehicle-mounted device It is determined that the coordinates of the driving position point in the same direction are the coordinates on the road direction 2, and the coordinates of the driving position point in the same direction are saved in the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 2.
在此需要说明的是,上述车载装置获取车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的过程可以看成获取某一时刻的周围车辆的可行驶位置点坐标,车辆装置可以按照上述方法获取周围车辆在不同时刻的可行驶位置点坐标,即可行驶位置点信息。It should be noted here that the process of obtaining the coordinates of the vehicle A's driving position point by the above-mentioned on-board device can be regarded as obtaining the coordinates of the driving position point of the surrounding vehicles at a certain moment, and the vehicle device may obtain the surrounding vehicles at different times according to the above method. The coordinates of the driving position point can be the driving position point information.
在一个可行的实施例中,道路方向1侧的路侧单元将接收到的可行驶位置点坐标发送至云端信息平台中,道路方向2侧的路侧单元将接收到的可行驶位置点坐标发送至云端信息平台中。In a feasible embodiment, the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1 sends the received coordinates of the drivable position point to the cloud information platform, and the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 2 sends the received coordinates of the drivable position point To the cloud information platform.
在一个可行的实施例中,车载装置将周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息发送至云端信息平台。In a feasible embodiment, the in-vehicle device sends the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles to the cloud information platform.
在一个可行的实施例中,自车的可行驶位置点包括行驶安全位置点和行驶风险位置点,车载装置根据自车行驶信息获取自车的可行驶位置点信息,具体包括:In a feasible embodiment, the driving position points of the own vehicle include safe driving position points and driving risk position points, and the vehicle-mounted device obtains the driving position point information of the own vehicle according to the driving information of the own vehicle, which specifically includes:
车载装置获取自车当前位置点坐标,并判断自车当前位置点是否为行驶安全位置点,其中,车载装置判断自车当前位置点是否为行驶安全位置点包括:判断自车在当前位置点的驾驶模式是否为手动驾驶模式,若确定自车在当前位置点的驾驶模式为手动驾驶模式,则确定自车的当前位置点为行驶安全位置点;若确定自车在当前位置点的驾驶模式为自动驾驶模式,则判断自车在当前位置点是否有行驶安全风险;若自车在当前位置有行车安全 风险,则确定自车的当前位置点为行驶风险位置点;若自车在当前位置点没有行车安全风险,则确定自车的当前位置点为行驶安全位置点。The vehicle-mounted device obtains the coordinates of the current position of the vehicle and determines whether the current position of the vehicle is a safe driving position. The vehicle-mounted device determining whether the current position of the vehicle is a safe driving position includes: judging whether the vehicle is at the current position Whether the driving mode is manual driving mode, if it is determined that the driving mode of the own car at the current position is manual driving mode, the current position of the own car is determined to be a safe driving position; if the driving mode of the own car at the current position is determined to be In the automatic driving mode, it is judged whether there is a driving safety risk at the current position of the vehicle; if the vehicle has a driving safety risk at the current position, the current position of the vehicle is determined as the driving risk position; if the vehicle is at the current position If there is no driving safety risk, the current position of the vehicle is determined to be a safe driving position.
进一步地,行驶安全位置点包括道路方向1上的行驶安全位置点和道路方向2上的行驶安全位置点,行驶风险位置点包括道路方向1上的行驶风险位置点和道路方向2上的行驶风险位置点,若自车当前沿着道路方向1行驶,则确定自车的行驶安全位置点为在道路方向1上的行驶安全位置点,自车的行驶风险位置点为在道路方向1上的行驶风险位置点,并将自车的行驶安全位置点和行驶风险位置点保存至道路方向1侧的路侧单元中;若自车当前沿着道路方向2行驶,则确定自车的行驶安全位置点为在道路方向2上的行驶安全位置点,自车的行驶风险位置点为在道路方向2上的行驶风险位置点,并将自车的行驶安全位置点和行驶风险位置点保存至道路方向2侧的路侧单元中。Further, the driving safety position point includes the driving safety position point on the road direction 1 and the driving safety position point on the road direction 2, and the driving risk position point includes the driving risk position point on the road direction 1 and the driving risk on the road direction 2. Location point, if the own vehicle is currently driving along road direction 1, then the safe driving position of the own vehicle is determined to be the safe driving position in road direction 1, and the driving risk position of the own vehicle is driving in road direction 1. Risk location points, and save the driving safety location points and driving risk location points of the own vehicle to the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1. If the own vehicle is currently driving along the road direction 2, determine the driving safety location point of the own vehicle It is a safe driving position point in road direction 2, the driving risk position point of the own vehicle is the driving risk position point in road direction 2, and the driving safety position point and driving risk position point of the own vehicle are saved to road direction 2. In the roadside unit on the side.
在一种可行的实施例中,车载装置确定自车在当前位置点是否有行驶安全风险,具体是确定自车在当前位置点是否有碰撞风险或是否有异常行车行为,若确定自车在当前位置点有碰撞风险或有异常行车行为,则确定自车在当前位置点有行车安全风险;若确定自车在当前位置点没有碰撞风险且没有异常行车行为,则确定自车在当前位置点没有行车安全风险。In a feasible embodiment, the vehicle-mounted device determines whether the vehicle has a driving safety risk at the current location, specifically determining whether the vehicle has a collision risk or abnormal driving behavior at the current location. If it is determined that the vehicle is at the current location If there is a collision risk or abnormal driving behavior at the location point, it is determined that the own vehicle has a driving safety risk at the current location point; if it is determined that the own vehicle has no collision risk and no abnormal driving behavior at the current location point, it is determined that the own vehicle does not Driving safety risks.
在一个示例中,车载装置确定自车在当前位置点是否有碰撞风险具体包括:In an example, determining whether the vehicle has a collision risk at the current location by the vehicle-mounted device specifically includes:
车载装置获取自车行驶方向与车辆S的行驶方向构成的夹角θ,车辆S为周围车辆中与自车同向行驶的任一车辆;当夹角θ大于第二预设角度时,根据相交模式风险判别方法确定自车在当前位置是否有碰撞风险;当夹角θ小于第二预设角度时,根据追尾风险判别方法确定自车在当前位置是否有碰撞风险。The vehicle-mounted device obtains the included angle θ formed by the traveling direction of the own vehicle and the traveling direction of the vehicle S, and the vehicle S is any of the surrounding vehicles traveling in the same direction as the own vehicle; when the included angle θ is greater than the second preset angle, according to the intersection The mode risk discrimination method determines whether the own vehicle has a collision risk at the current position; when the included angle θ is less than the second preset angle, the rear-end collision risk discrimination method determines whether the own vehicle has a collision risk at the current position.
基于图11所示说明相交模式风险判别方法,车辆E在车辆坐标系下相对速度为(ΔV Ex,ΔV Ey),相对位置点B的坐标为(x Ev,y Ev),自车在行驶方向上的绝对速度为V s,车辆E在车辆坐标系下的绝对速度为(V ox,V oy),其中,V ox=V s+ΔV Ex,V oy=ΔV Ey,自车在车辆坐标系下的相对位置点记为A’,如图11所示,O点为自车与车辆E的潜在碰撞点。 Based on the method for judging the risk of the intersection mode shown in Figure 11, the relative speed of the vehicle E in the vehicle coordinate system is (ΔV Ex , ΔV Ey ), the coordinates of the relative position point B are (x Ev , y Ev ), and the vehicle is in the driving direction The absolute speed on is V s , and the absolute speed of vehicle E in the vehicle coordinate system is (V ox , Voy ), where V ox =V s +ΔV Ex , Voy =ΔV Ey , the vehicle is in the vehicle coordinate system The lower relative position point is denoted as A', as shown in Figure 11, point O is the potential collision point between the own vehicle and the vehicle E.
自车行驶至潜在碰撞点O的时间为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000073
The time from the vehicle to the potential collision point O is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000073
周车行驶至潜在碰撞点O的时间为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000074
The time from the weekly car to the potential collision point O is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000074
若|TTX 1-TTX 2|<α且
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000075
则车载装置确定自车在当前位置点有碰撞风险,其中,α为预设阈值,R 0为风险阈值。
If |TTX 1 -TTX 2 |<α and
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000075
Then the vehicle-mounted device determines that the vehicle has a risk of collision at the current location point, where α is the preset threshold, and R 0 is the risk threshold.
可选地,预设阈值α可以为0.5s,风险阈值R 0可以为0.5。 Optionally, the preset threshold α may be 0.5s, and the risk threshold R 0 may be 0.5.
在一个可行的实施例中,车载装置根据追尾风险判别方法确定自车在当前位置是否有碰撞风险,包括:In a feasible embodiment, the vehicle-mounted device determines whether the vehicle has a collision risk at the current position according to a rear-end collision risk discrimination method, including:
若周围车辆中位于自车前的车辆与自车之间的横向间距ψ满足条件1且TTC及TTC满足条件2,则确定自车在当前位置有碰撞风险:If the lateral distance ψ between the vehicle in front of the vehicle and the vehicle in the surrounding vehicles satisfies the condition 1 and the TTC and TTC meet the condition 2, it is determined that the vehicle is at risk of collision at the current position:
其中,条件1为:|y v|<ψ,条件2为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000076
Among them, condition 1 is: |y v |<ψ, condition 2 is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000076
TTC为自车与位于其前面的周车的碰撞时间,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000077
当车辆E在自车的前方时,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000078
当车辆E在自车的后方时,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000079
b和c为常数,ψ为横向间距阈值,|y Ev|为自车与车辆E的横向间距。
TTC is the collision time between the vehicle and the surrounding vehicle in front of it.
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000077
When the vehicle E is in front of its own vehicle,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000078
When vehicle E is behind its own vehicle,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000079
b and c are constants, ψ is the horizontal distance threshold, |y Ev | is the horizontal distance between the own vehicle and the vehicle E.
在一个示例中,车载装置确定自车在当前位置点是否有异常行车行为,具体包括:In an example, the vehicle-mounted device determines whether the own vehicle has abnormal driving behavior at the current location point, which specifically includes:
车载装置确定在当前位置自车点是否有紧急制动或者紧急转向等行为,若确定自车在当前位置点有紧急制动或紧急转向等行为,则确定自车在当前位置点有异常行车行为;若确定自车在当前位置没有紧急制动且没有紧急转向等行为,则确定自车在当前位置点没有异常行车行为。The vehicle-mounted device determines whether there is emergency braking or emergency steering at the current location, and if it is determined that the own vehicle has emergency braking or emergency steering at the current location, it determines that the own vehicle has abnormal driving behavior at the current location ; If it is determined that the own vehicle has no emergency braking and no emergency steering behavior at the current position, it is determined that the own vehicle has no abnormal driving behavior at the current position.
进一步地,车载装置确定自车在当前位置点是否有紧急制动行为,具体包括:Further, the vehicle-mounted device determines whether the own vehicle has an emergency braking behavior at the current position, which specifically includes:
车载装置获取自车在当前位置点的纵向加速度a lon,若纵向加速度a lon小于预设加速度a T,则确定自车在当前位置点有紧急制动行为;若纵向加速度a lon不小于预设加速度a T,则确定自车在当前位置点没有紧急制动行为。 The vehicle-mounted device obtains the longitudinal acceleration a lon of the vehicle at the current position. If the longitudinal acceleration a lon is less than the preset acceleration a T , it is determined that the vehicle has emergency braking behavior at the current position; if the longitudinal acceleration a lon is not less than the preset acceleration a lon With acceleration a T , it is determined that the vehicle has no emergency braking behavior at the current position.
可选地,预设加速度a T可以为-6m/s 2或其他值。 Optionally, the preset acceleration a T may be -6 m/s 2 or other values.
进一步地,车载装置确定自车在当前位置点是否有紧急转向行为,具体包括:Further, the vehicle-mounted device determines whether the own vehicle has an emergency steering behavior at the current position, which specifically includes:
车载装置获取自车在当前位置点的方向盘转角速率
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000080
若方向盘转角速率
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000081
大于预设速率
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000082
则确定自车在当前位置点有紧急转向行为;若方向盘转角速率
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000083
不大于预设速率
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000084
则确定自车在当前位置点没有紧急转向行为。
The vehicle-mounted device obtains the steering wheel angle rate of the vehicle at the current position
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000080
If the steering wheel angle rate
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000081
Greater than preset rate
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000082
It is determined that the vehicle has an emergency steering behavior at the current position; if the steering wheel angle rate
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000083
Not greater than the preset rate
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000084
It is determined that the vehicle has no emergency steering behavior at the current position.
可选地,预设速率
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000085
可以为100°/s 2或者其他值。
Optionally, preset rate
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000085
It can be 100°/s 2 or other values.
在一个可行的实施例中,道路可行驶位置点信息可以由自车生成,也可以由他车生成,还可以是自车从其所在路段的路侧单元或云端信息平台获取的。In a feasible embodiment, the road-drivable position point information may be generated by the own vehicle or another vehicle, or may be obtained by the own vehicle from the roadside unit or cloud information platform of the road section where it is located.
在一个可行的实施例中,车载装置可根据上述方法获取自车在不同时刻的位置点坐标,并确定自车在不同时刻的位置点中的行驶安全位置点和行驶风险位置点。In a feasible embodiment, the vehicle-mounted device can obtain the position point coordinates of the self-vehicle at different times according to the above method, and determine the safe driving position and the driving risk position of the self-vehicle at different times.
在一个可行的实施例中,车载装置根据可行驶位置点对第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域,具体包括:In a feasible embodiment, the vehicle-mounted device infers the fourth area according to the drivable location point to obtain the fifth area, which specifically includes:
从可行驶位置点中获取待推理位置点,待推理位置点为位于第四区域与ROI重叠的区域中的可行驶位置点;将待推理位置点的坐标从世界坐标系下转换到自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到待推理可行驶区域,待推理可行驶区域为在自车的车辆坐标系下的待推理位置点构成的区域;对待推理可行驶区域进行栅格划分,以得到第二推理栅格地图;根据第二推理栅格地图中每个栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算每个栅格的可行驶能力值;根据每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定第五区域,第五区域为在第二推理栅格地图内可行驶能力值大于第二阈值的栅格所组成的区域。Obtain the location point to be inferred from the driveable location point, which is the driveable location point located in the area where the fourth area overlaps the ROI; convert the coordinates of the location to be inferred from the world coordinate system to that of the vehicle Under the vehicle coordinate system, in order to obtain the driving area to be inferred, the driving area to be inferred is the area formed by the inferred position points in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle; grid division is performed on the driving area to be inferred to obtain the second Inference grid map; calculate the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map; determine the fifth area according to the drivability value of each grid, The fifth area is an area composed of grids with a drivability value greater than the second threshold in the second inference grid map.
其中,可行驶位置点信息还可以数据结构[timestamp,(x w,y ww),Label]表示的,timestamp为获取该可行驶位置点的时刻,即时间戳;(x w,y ww)为该可行驶位置点在世界坐标系下的坐标及车头朝向的角度,Label用于表征该可行驶位置点的类型。Label包括四个类型,分别为direct,inverse,safe和danger。其中,direct表示该可行驶位置点为同向行驶周车的可行驶位置点,inverse表示该可行驶位置点为逆向行驶周车的可行驶位置点,safe表示该可行驶位置点为自车安全行驶位置点,danger表示该可行驶位置点为自车的行驶危险位置点。 Among them, the drivable location point information can also be represented by the data structure [timestamp,(x w ,y ww ),Label], and timestamp is the time at which the drivable location point is obtained, that is, the timestamp; (x w ,y w , θ w ) are the coordinates of the drivable position point in the world coordinate system and the angle of the front of the vehicle, and Label is used to characterize the type of the drivable position point. Label includes four types, namely direct, inverse, safe and danger. Among them, direct means that the drivable position point is the drivable position point of the car traveling in the same direction, inverse means the drivable position point is the drivable position point of the car traveling in the reverse direction, and safe means the drivable position point is the safety of the vehicle. The driving position point, danger indicates that the driving position point is the driving dangerous position point of the vehicle.
具体地,车载装置将待推理位置点的坐标从世界坐标系下转换到自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到待推理可行驶区域,包括:Specifically, the vehicle-mounted device converts the coordinates of the location point to be inferred from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle to obtain the travelable area to be inferred, including:
根据第三转换公式将待推理位置点的坐标进行转换,以得到待推理可行驶区域;Convert the coordinates of the location point to be inferred according to the third conversion formula to obtain the driveable area to be inferred;
其中,第三转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000086
其中,(x dw,y dw)为待推理位置点中任一待推理位置点D在世界坐标系下的坐标,(x dv,y dv)为待推理位置点D在自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000087
为第二转换矩阵,
Among them, the third conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000086
Among them, (x dw , y dw ) is the coordinate of any inferred position point D in the world coordinate system of the inferred position points, (x dv , y dv ) is the coordinate system of the inferred position D in the own vehicle The coordinates below,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000087
Is the second conversion matrix,
第二转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000088
(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻自车在世界坐标系下的坐标,θ 0为当前时刻自车的车头朝向角度。
Second conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000088
(x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and θ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
在一个可行的实施例中,车载装置根据第二推理栅格地图中每个栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算每个栅格的可行驶能力值,具体包括:In a feasible embodiment, the vehicle-mounted device calculates the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map, which specifically includes:
根据第二推理栅格地图中的第i列第j行栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算得到不同时刻的可行驶能力值;对不同时刻的可行驶能力值进行加权求和,以得到第i列第j行栅格的可行驶能力值。The drivability values at different moments are calculated according to the drivable position point information in the i-th column and j-th row grid in the second inference grid map; the drivability values at different times are weighted and summed to obtain the first The drivability value of the grid in column i and row j.
其中,对于可行驶区域栅格地图中的第i列第j行栅格的可行驶能力值
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000089
为第i列第j行栅格中t时刻的可行驶能力值,k t
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000090
的权重。
Among them, the drivability value of the raster in the i-th column and the j-th row in the raster map of the drivable area
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000089
Is the drivability value at time t in the grid of column i and row j, k t is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000090
the weight of.
在此需要说明的是,时间戳t越大,数据越新,则对应的权重越大,进而保证道路可 行驶区域推理结果的实时性。It should be noted here that the larger the timestamp t, the newer the data, and the larger the corresponding weight, thereby ensuring the real-time nature of the inference results of the road drivable area.
第i列第j行栅格中t时刻的可行驶能力值
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000091
可采用以下公式计算得到:
The drivability value at time t in the grid of column i and row j
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000091
It can be calculated using the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000092
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000092
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000093
表示第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的同向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000094
表示第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的逆向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000095
表示第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶安全位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000096
表示第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶危险位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000097
表示第j行栅格内t时刻获取的同向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000098
表示第j行栅格内t时刻获取的逆向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000099
表示第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶安全位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000100
表示第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶危险位置点的数量。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000093
Represents the number of locations where the surrounding vehicles can travel in the same direction obtained at time t in the grid in the i-th column and the j-th row,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000094
Represents the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles in the reverse direction obtained at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000095
Represents the number of safe driving position points obtained at time t in the grid of column i and row j,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000096
Represents the number of dangerous location points of the self-driving vehicle obtained at time t in the grid of column i and row j,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000097
Represents the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles traveling in the same direction obtained at time t in the j-th grid,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000098
Represents the number of locations where the surrounding vehicles can travel in the reverse direction obtained at time t in the j-th grid,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000099
Represents the number of safe driving position points obtained at time t in the j-th grid,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000100
Represents the number of dangerous locations of the vehicle at time t in the j-th grid.
在一个可行的实施例中,在计算得到行驶安全位置点和行驶危险位置点的可行驶能力值后,增加行驶安全位置点的可行驶能力值,减小行驶危险位置点的可行驶能力值,有利于提高道路可行驶区域的准确性。In a feasible embodiment, after calculating the drivability value of the safe driving position point and the driving dangerous position point, increase the drivability value of the safe driving position point and decrease the drivability value of the dangerous driving position point, It is helpful to improve the accuracy of the drivable area on the road.
具体地,根据每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定第五区域,包括:Specifically, the fifth area is determined according to the drivability value of each grid, including:
根据第二阈值μ及可行驶区域栅格地图中栅格的可行驶能力值将可行驶区域栅格地图分为可行驶区域、不可行驶区域或不确定区域,其中,可行驶区域为可行驶能力值大于μ的栅格构成的区域,不可行驶区域为栅格可行驶能力值小于-μ的栅格构成的区域,不确定区域为可行驶能力值不小于-μ且不大于μ的栅格组成的区域。According to the second threshold μ and the drivability value of the grid in the drivable area grid map, the drivable area grid map is divided into drivable area, non-driving area or uncertain area, where the drivable area is the drivable area The area composed of grids with a value greater than μ, the non-driving area is the area composed of grids with a raster drivability value less than -μ, and the uncertain area is a grid composed of grids with a drivability value not less than -μ and not greater than μ Area.
如图12的右图所示,黑色区域为可行驶区域,灰色区域为不可行驶区域,白色区域为不确定区域。As shown in the right image of Figure 12, the black area is the drivable area, the gray area is the undrivable area, and the white area is the uncertain area.
S707、车载装置根据道路可行驶区域进行路线决策规划,以得到规划行驶路线。S707. The vehicle-mounted device performs route decision planning according to the drivable area of the road to obtain a planned driving route.
具体地,若第一区域覆盖ROI,则道路可行驶区域包括第一区域;若第一区域和第三区域覆盖ROI,则道路可行驶区域包括第一区域和第三区域;若车载装置执行步骤S706,则道路可行驶区域包括第一区域、第三区域和第五区域。Specifically, if the first area covers the ROI, the road drivable area includes the first area; if the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the road drivable area includes the first area and the third area; if the vehicle-mounted device executes the steps S706: The road traversable area includes a first area, a third area, and a fifth area.
在另一个实施例中,云端信息平台按照上述步骤S702-S706中车载装置执行的相关内容得到自车的可行驶区域,然后将该可行驶区域传输至自车的车载装置,自车的车载装置根据道路可行驶区域进行路线决策规划,以得到规划行驶路线。In another embodiment, the cloud information platform obtains the drivable area of the own vehicle according to the relevant content executed by the on-board device in the above steps S702-S706, and then transmits the drivable area to the on-board device of the own vehicle. Make route decision planning according to the drivable area of the road to obtain the planned driving route.
在一个可行的实施例中,车载装置对感知可行驶区域进行校验,确定感知可行驶区域均为校验可靠的可行驶区域;若该校验可靠的可行驶区域覆盖ROI,则车载装置根据该感知可靠的可行驶区域进行路线决策规划,以得到规划行驶路线;若该校验可靠的可行驶区域未覆盖ROI,则车载装置根据感知记忆区域对ROI中除了该校验可靠的可行驶区域之外的区域进行推理,具体推理过程可参见步骤S704的相关描述,在此不再叙述。In a feasible embodiment, the vehicle-mounted device verifies the perceived drivable area, and determines that the perceptual drivable area is a reliable travelable area; if the verified travelable area covers the ROI, the vehicle-mounted device determines The perceptually reliable drivable area performs route decision planning to obtain a planned driving route; if the verified drivable area does not cover the ROI, the vehicle-mounted device compares the ROI with the perceptual memory area except for the verified drivable area The reasoning is performed outside the area. For the specific reasoning process, please refer to the relevant description of step S704, which will not be described here.
在一个可行的实施例中,若车载装置对感知可行驶区域进行校验,且确定感知可行驶区域均为校验不可靠的可行驶区域,则车载装置根据感知记忆区域对该校验不可靠的可行驶区域进行推理,具体推理过程可参见步骤S704的相关描述,在此不再叙述。In a feasible embodiment, if the vehicle-mounted device verifies the perceived travelable area, and it is determined that the perceived travelable area is a travelable area with unreliable verification, the vehicle-mounted device is not reliable for the verification based on the perceived memory area For the specific reasoning process, refer to the relevant description of step S704, which will not be described here.
可以看出,在本申请实施例的方案中,获取感知可行驶区域;对感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,其中,第一区域为校验可靠的可行驶区域,第二区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域;若第一区域未覆盖感兴趣区域ROI,则根据可行驶区域感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域,第三区域为感知记忆区域与第二区域重叠的区域,第四区域为第二区域中感知记忆区域未覆盖的区域;若第一区域和第三区域未覆盖ROI,则根据可行驶位置点对第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域;第五区域为第四区域中的可行驶区域;将第一区域,第三区域和第五区域确定为道路可行驶区域。根据同向行驶车流位置信息、逆向行驶车流位置信息、自动驾驶行驶安全道路位置、自动驾驶行驶风险道路位置、人类驾驶模式的行驶位置生成道路可行驶位置点,并借助车端-云端-路侧端数据共享模式使得全部车端可利用该数据推理可行驶区域。适用于结构化道路和非结构化道路、不依赖车辆自身运动状态、不要求本车周围实时存在其他车辆。自动驾驶系统因此可以在可行驶区域感知短暂异常和长时间异常时借助可行驶区域推理信息进行决策规划,避免自动驾驶系统失效,系统作用工况覆盖范围增加,系统可用性和用户体验得到提升。本发明可减少自动驾驶系统对实时感知的依赖,增加自动驾驶系统对实时感知的容错能力,在道路可行驶区域感知不确定的情况下,提高自动驾驶系统的可靠性和安全性。It can be seen that in the solution of the embodiment of the present application, the perceived drivable area is acquired; the perceptual drivable area is verified to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is a reliable drivable area. Area, the second area is a drivable area with unreliable verification; if the first area does not cover the area of interest ROI, the second area is inferred based on the perceptual memory information of the drivable area to obtain the third area and the fourth area , The third area is the area where the perceptual memory area overlaps with the second area, and the fourth area is the area not covered by the perceptual memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, then according to the driving position point The fourth area is inferred to obtain the fifth area; the fifth area is the drivable area in the fourth area; the first area, the third area and the fifth area are determined as road drivable areas. According to the position information of the traffic flow in the same direction, the position information of the traffic flow in the reverse direction, the safe road position of automatic driving, the position of the risky road of automatic driving, and the driving position of the human driving mode, the road can be driven position points are generated, and with the help of car end-cloud-roadside The end data sharing mode allows all vehicles to use the data to reason about the drivable area. It is suitable for structured roads and unstructured roads, does not depend on the vehicle's own motion state, and does not require other vehicles around the vehicle in real time. The automatic driving system can therefore make decision planning with the use of reasoning information in the drivable area when it perceives short-term and long-term abnormalities in the drivable area, avoiding the failure of the automatic driving system, increasing the coverage of the operating conditions of the system, and improving system availability and user experience. The invention can reduce the dependence of the automatic driving system on real-time perception, increase the fault-tolerant ability of the automatic driving system on real-time perception, and improve the reliability and safety of the automatic driving system when the perception of the road drivable area is uncertain.
在借助可行驶位置点进行推理时,时间戳较新的可行驶位置点数据权重较大,从而保证推理结果具有较好的实时性,避免道路结构的临时改变(如道路施工等)带来的不利影响。具体实施时考虑了人类驾驶员的历史行车位置和自动驾驶模式下安全行车道路位置(增加该位置可行驶能力值)以及自动驾驶模式下的风险行车道路位置(减少该位置可行驶能力值)。对于用户常用行车路线,使用本申请的自动驾驶系统具备“越开越好”的特性。When reasoning with the help of drivable location points, the data of the drivable location points with a newer timestamp has a higher weight, so as to ensure that the inference results have better real-time performance and avoid temporary changes in road structure (such as road construction). Negative Effects. The specific implementation takes into account the historical driving position of the human driver and the safe road position in automatic driving mode (increase the drivability value of this position) and the risk road position in the automatic driving mode (decrease the drivable value of this position). For the user's common driving route, the automatic driving system using this application has the characteristic of "the more open the better".
参见图13,图13为本发明实施例提供的一种道路可行驶区域推理装置的结构示意图。如图13所示,该道路可行驶区域推理装置1300包括:Referring to FIG. 13, FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a road drivable area reasoning device provided by an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the device 1300 for inference of road drivable area includes:
获取模块1301,用于获取感知可行驶区域;The obtaining module 1301 is used to obtain the perceived drivable area;
校验模块1302,用于对感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,其中,第一区域为校验可靠的可行驶区域,第二区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域;The verification module 1302 is used to verify the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is a drivable area with reliable verification, and the second area is a drivable area with unreliable verification. Driving area
推理模块1303,用于若第一区域未覆盖感兴趣区域ROI,则根据可行驶区域感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域,第三区域为感知记忆区域与第二区域重叠的区域,第四区域为所述第二区域中感知记忆区域未覆盖的区域;若第一区域和第三区域未覆盖所述ROI,则根据可行驶位置点对第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域;第五区域为第四区域中的可行驶区域;The inference module 1303 is used to if the first area does not cover the area of interest ROI, infer the second area according to the perceptual memory information of the drivable area to obtain the third area and the fourth area. The third area is the perceptual memory area and The area where the second area overlaps, and the fourth area is the area that is not covered by the sensory memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the fourth area is performed according to the driving position. Reason to get the fifth area; the fifth area is the drivable area in the fourth area;
确定模块1304,用于将第一区域,第三区域和第五区域确定为道路可行驶区域。The determining module 1304 is configured to determine the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as road drivable areas.
在一个可行的实施例中,校验模块1302具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, the verification module 1302 is specifically configured to:
判断感知可行驶区域的双侧道路边界是否存在;若确定感知可行驶区域的双侧道路边 界存在,则对感知可行驶区域进行区域划分,以得到多个子区域;判断子区域I满足条件1-条件4中的每一项;若子区域I满足条件1-条件4中的每一项,则确定子区域I为校验可靠的子区域;若子区域I不满足条件1-条件4中的任一项,则确定子区域I为校验不可靠的区域;其中,子区域I为多个子区域中的任一个,第一区域为多个子区域中校验可靠的子区域构成的区域,第二区域为多个子区域中校验不可靠的子区域构成的区域。Determine whether there is a road boundary on both sides of the perceived drivable area; if it is determined that the road boundary on both sides of the perceived drivable area exists, divide the perceptible drivable area to obtain multiple sub-areas; determine that sub-area I satisfies condition 1- Each item in condition 4; if sub-area I meets each of conditions 1-condition 4, sub-area I is determined to be a sub-area with reliable verification; if sub-area I does not meet any of conditions 1-condition 4 Item, it is determined that sub-region I is an area with unreliable verification; among them, sub-region I is any one of a plurality of sub-regions, the first region is an area composed of sub-regions with reliable verification among multiple sub-regions, and the second region It is an area composed of sub-areas with unreliable verification among multiple sub-areas.
在一个可行的实施例中,条件1-条件4分别为:In a feasible embodiment, condition 1 to condition 4 are:
条件1:子区域I的宽度满足以下条件:Condition 1: The width of sub-region I satisfies the following conditions:
k minW≤w i≤k maxW k min W≤w i ≤k max W
其中,w i为子区域I的宽度,W根据可行驶区域经验宽度和可行驶区域记忆宽度确定; Among them, w i is the width of the sub-area I, and W is determined according to the experience width of the drivable area and the memory width of the drivable area;
条件2:子区域I的边界与其相邻子区域的边界的夹角不大于第一预设角度;Condition 2: The angle between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the adjacent sub-region is not greater than the first preset angle;
条件3:子区域I的边界与在当前时刻之前经校验的感知记忆区域的边界之间的距离不大于预设宽度;Condition 3: The distance between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than the preset width;
条件4:子区域I中的可行驶位置点的比例大于预设比例。Condition 4: The ratio of the drivable position points in the subregion I is greater than the preset ratio.
在一个可行的实施例中,感知记忆信息包括多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图及每个感知记忆栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值,在根据感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域的方面,推理模块1303具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, the perceptual memory information includes perceptual memory grid maps at multiple historical moments and the drivability value of each grid in each perceptual memory grid map. The perceptual memory information is used to compare the second area Perform reasoning to obtain aspects of the third area and the fourth area, and the reasoning module 1303 is specifically used to:
将多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图;获取推理区域,推理区域为多个世界栅格地图与第二区域重叠的区域;将推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图;根据感知记忆栅格地图中栅格的可行驶能力值计算第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值;根据第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定第三区域和第四区域;第三区域为第一推理栅格地图中可行驶能力值大于第一阈值的栅格组成的区域;第四区域为第一推理栅格地图中可行驶能力值不大于第一阈值的栅格组成的区域。Convert the sensory memory grid maps of multiple historical moments from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps; obtain the reasoning area, which is multiple world grids The area where the grid map overlaps the second area; convert the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map; according to the perceptual memory of the grid in the grid map The driving ability value calculates the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area and the fourth area are determined according to the driving ability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area It is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is greater than the first threshold; the fourth area is an area composed of grids in the first inference grid map whose drivability value is not greater than the first threshold.
在一个可行的实施例中,在将多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图的方面,推理模块1303具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in the aspect of converting the perceptual memory grid maps of multiple historical moments from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps, The reasoning module 1303 is specifically used for:
根据第一转换公式将多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图;According to the first conversion formula, the perceptual memory grid maps of multiple historical moments are respectively converted from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps;
其中,第一转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000101
其中,(x vt0,y vt0)为历史时刻t0感知记忆栅格地图内的任一可行驶位置点P在自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,(x wt0,y wt0)为可行驶位置点P在世界坐标系下的坐标,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000102
为第一转换矩阵,
Among them, the first conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000101
Among them, (x vt0 ,y vt0 ) are the coordinates of any drivable location point P in the perception memory grid map at historical time t0 in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, and (x wt0 ,y wt0 ) is the drivable location point The coordinates of P in the world coordinate system,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000102
Is the first conversion matrix,
第一转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000103
(x t0,y t0)为历史时刻t0自车在世界标系下的坐标,θ t0为历史时刻t0自车的车头朝向角度。
First conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000103
(x t0 , y t0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at historical time t0 in the world standard system, and θ t0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at historical time t0.
在一个可行的实施例中,在将推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图的方面,所述推理模块1303具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of converting the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map, the inference module 1303 is specifically configured to:
根据第二转换公式将推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图;Convert the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment according to the second conversion formula to obtain the first inference grid map;
其中,第二转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000104
(x wp,y wp)为推理区域内任一可行驶位置点P’在世界坐标系下的坐标,(x vp,y vp)为可行驶位置点P’当前时刻在自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000105
为第二转换矩阵;
Among them, the second conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000104
(x wp ,y wp ) is the coordinates of any travelable position point P'in the inference area in the world coordinate system, (x vp ,y vp ) is the vehicle coordinate system of the self-vehicle at the current moment The coordinates below,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000105
Is the second conversion matrix;
第二转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000106
(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻自车在世界坐标系下的坐标,θ 0为当前时刻自车的车头朝向角度。
Second conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000106
(x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and θ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
在一个可行的实施例中,在根据感知记忆栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值计算第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值的方面,推理模块1303具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of calculating the drivability value of each grid in the first inference grid map according to the drivability value of each grid in the perceptual memory grid map, the inference module 1303 specifically uses in:
对第一推理栅格地图中第p列第q行栅格对应的多个历史时刻的可行驶能力值进行加权求和,以得到第一推理栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值;多个历史时刻的可行驶能力值为第p列第q行栅格在多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图中对应的栅格的可行驶能力值;Perform a weighted summation on the drivability value of multiple historical moments corresponding to the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map to obtain the drivability value of each grid in the first inference grid map The drivability value of multiple historical moments is the drivability value of the corresponding grid in the perceptual memory grid map of the grid of the p-th column and the q-th row at multiple historical moments;
其中,第一推理栅格地图中第p列第q行栅格的可行驶能力值为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000107
为在历史时刻t’的感知记忆栅格地图中对应的栅格的可行驶能力值,k' t'
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000108
的权重。
Among them, the drivability value of the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000107
As historic time t 'corresponding to the sensing grid map raster memory may driving ability value, k' t 'is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000108
the weight of.
在一个可行的实施例中,在根据可行驶位置点对所述第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域的方面,推理模块1303具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of inferring the fourth area according to the driving position point to obtain the fifth area, the inference module 1303 is specifically configured to:
从可行驶位置点中获取待推理位置点,待推理位置点为位于第四区域与ROI重叠的区域中的可行驶位置点;将待推理位置点的坐标从世界坐标系下转换到自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到待推理可行驶区域,待推理可行驶区域为在自车的车辆坐标系下的待推理位置点构成的区域;对待推理可行驶区域进行栅格划分,以得到第二推理栅格地图;根据第二推理栅格地图中每个栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算每个栅格的可行驶能力值;根据每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定第五区域,第五区域为在第二推理栅格地图内可行驶能力值大于第二阈值的栅格所组成的区域。Obtain the location point to be inferred from the driveable location point, which is the driveable location point located in the area where the fourth area overlaps the ROI; convert the coordinates of the location to be inferred from the world coordinate system to that of the vehicle Under the vehicle coordinate system, in order to obtain the driving area to be inferred, the driving area to be inferred is the area formed by the inferred position points in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle; grid division is performed on the driving area to be inferred to obtain the second Inference grid map; calculate the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map; determine the fifth area according to the drivability value of each grid, The fifth area is an area composed of grids with a drivability value greater than the second threshold in the second inference grid map.
在一个可行的实施例中,在将待推理位置点的坐标从世界坐标系下转换到自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到待推理可行驶区域的方面,推理模块1303具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of transforming the coordinates of the location point to be inferred from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle to obtain the travelable area to be inferred, the inference module 1303 is specifically configured to:
根据第三转换公式将待推理位置点的坐标进行转换,以得到待推理可行驶区域;Convert the coordinates of the location point to be inferred according to the third conversion formula to obtain the driveable area to be inferred;
其中,第三转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000109
其中,(x dw,y dw)为待推理位置点中任一待推理位置点D在世界坐标系下的坐标,(x dv,y dv)为待推理位置点D在自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000110
为第二转换矩阵,
Among them, the third conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000109
Among them, (x dw , y dw ) is the coordinate of any inferred position point D in the world coordinate system of the inferred position points, (x dv , y dv ) is the coordinate system of the inferred position D in the own vehicle The coordinates below,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000110
Is the second conversion matrix,
第二转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000111
(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻自车在世界坐标系下的坐标,θ 0为当前时刻自车的车头朝向角度。
Second conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000111
(x 0 , y 0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the current moment in the world coordinate system, and θ 0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the current moment.
在一个可行的实施例中,在根据第二推理栅格地图中每个栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算每个栅格的可行驶能力值的方面,推理模块1303具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of calculating the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map, the inference module 1303 is specifically configured to:
根据第二推理栅格地图中的第i列第j行栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算得到不同时刻的可行驶能力值;对不同时刻的可行驶能力值进行加权求和,以得到第i列第j行栅格的可行驶能力值;The drivability values at different moments are calculated according to the drivable position point information in the i-th column and j-th row grid in the second inference grid map; the drivability values at different times are weighted and summed to obtain the first The drivability value of the grid in column i and row j;
其中,第i列第j行栅格的可行驶能力值为
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000112
为t时刻的可行驶能力值,k t
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000113
的权重,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000114
Among them, the drivability value of the grid in the i-th column and the j-th row is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000112
Is the drivability value at time t, k t is
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000113
the weight of,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000114
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000115
为第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的同向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000116
为第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的逆向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000117
为第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶安全位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000118
为第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶危险位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000119
为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的同向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000120
为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的逆向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000121
为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶安全位置点的数量,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000122
为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶危险位置点的数量。
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000115
Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles traveling in the same direction obtained at time t in the grid of column i and row j,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000116
Is the number of locations where the surrounding vehicles can travel in the reverse direction obtained at time t in the j-th row of the i-th column,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000117
Is the number of safe driving position points obtained at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000118
Is the number of dangerous location points of the self-driving vehicle obtained at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000119
Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles in the same direction obtained at time t in the j-th grid,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000120
Is the number of locations where the surrounding vehicles can travel in the reverse direction obtained at time t in the j-th grid,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000121
Is the number of safe driving position points obtained at time t in the j-th grid,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000122
It is the number of dangerous location points of the self-driving vehicle obtained at time t in the j-th grid.
在一个可行的实施例中,可行驶位置点包括自车可行驶位置点,获取模块1301还用于:In a feasible embodiment, the drivable position point includes the drivable position point of the self-vehicle, and the acquisition module 1301 is further used for:
在根据可行驶位置点对第四区域进行推理之前,获取自车可行驶位置点,自车可行驶位置点包括行驶安全位置点和行驶风险位置点;其中,获取自车可行驶位置点,包括:判断自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式是否为手动驾驶模式;若自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式为手动驾驶模式,则确定自车的当前位置点为行驶安全位置点;若自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式为自动驾驶模式,则判断自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险或异常行驶行车行为;若确定自车在其当前位置没有碰撞风险且没有异常行车行为,则确定自车的当前位置点为行驶安全位置点;若确定自车在其当前位置有碰撞风险或异常行车行为,则确定自车的当前位置点为行驶危险位置点。Before inferring the fourth area based on the driving position points, obtain the driving position points of the own vehicle. The driving position points of the own vehicle include the driving safety position points and the driving risk position points; wherein, obtaining the driving position points of the own vehicle includes : Determine whether the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual driving mode; if the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual driving mode, determine the current position of the own vehicle as a safe driving position; If the driving mode at its current location is automatic driving mode, it is determined whether the vehicle has a risk of collision or abnormal driving behavior at its current location; if it is determined that the vehicle has no risk of collision and no abnormal driving behavior at its current location, the vehicle is determined The current position point of is a safe driving position; if it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision or abnormal driving behavior at its current position, the current position of the own vehicle is determined to be a dangerous driving position.
在一个可行的实施例中,在判断自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险的方面,获取模块1301具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of judging whether the vehicle has a collision risk at its current position, the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
获取自车与车辆E的行驶方向夹角θ;车辆E为自车的周围车辆;若夹角θ大于第二预设角度,则采用相交模式风险判别方法确定自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险;若夹角θ不大于第二预设角度,则采用追尾模式风险判别方法确定自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险。Obtain the angle θ between the driving direction of the own vehicle and the vehicle E; the vehicle E is the surrounding vehicle of the own vehicle; if the included angle θ is greater than the second preset angle, the intersection mode risk judgment method is used to determine whether the own vehicle has a collision at its current position Risk: If the included angle θ is not greater than the second preset angle, the rear-end collision mode risk judgment method is used to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at its current position.
在一个可行的实施例中,在采用相交模式风险判别方法确定自车在当前位置是否有碰撞风险的方面,获取模块1301具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of using the intersection mode risk discrimination method to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at the current position, the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
获取车辆E在自车的车辆坐标系下的相对速度和相对位置坐标及自车在行驶方向的绝对速度;根据相对速度、相对位置坐标及绝对速度获取第一时间和第二时间,其中,第一时间为自车从当前位置行驶至潜在碰撞点所需的时间,第二时间为车辆E从其当前位置行驶至潜在碰撞点所需的时间;若第一时间和第二时间满足公式1和公式2,则确定自车在其当前位置有碰撞风险;若第一时间和第二时间不满足公式1或公式2,则确定自车在其当前位置没有碰撞风险;其中,公式1为:|TTX 1-TTX 2|<α,公式2为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000123
TTX 1为第一时间,TTX 2为第二时间,α为预设阈值,R 0为风险阈值。
Obtain the relative speed and relative position coordinates of the vehicle E in the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle E, and the absolute speed of the vehicle in the traveling direction; obtain the first time and the second time according to the relative speed, relative position coordinates and absolute speed. The first time is the time required for the vehicle to travel from its current position to the potential collision point, and the second time is the time required for the vehicle E to travel from its current position to the potential collision point; if the first time and the second time satisfy formula 1 and Formula 2, it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision at its current position; if the first time and the second time do not meet formula 1 or formula 2, it is determined that the vehicle has no risk of collision at its current position; where formula 1 is: | TTX 1 -TTX 2 |<α, formula 2 is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000123
TTX 1 is the first time, TTX 2 is the second time, α is the preset threshold, and R 0 is the risk threshold.
在一个可行的实施例中,在采用追尾模式风险判别方法确定自车在当前位置是否有碰撞风险的方面,获取模块1301具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of using the rear-end collision mode risk discrimination method to determine whether the vehicle has a collision risk at the current position, the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
获取车辆E在自车的车辆坐标系下的横向相对速度ΔV Ex和相对位置坐标(x Ev,y Ev)及自车在行驶方向的绝对速度V sAcquire the lateral relative speed ΔV Ex and relative position coordinates (x Ev , y Ev ) of the vehicle E in the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle E and the absolute speed V s of the vehicle in the traveling direction;
根据横向相对速度ΔV Ex、相对位置坐标(x Ev,y Ev)和绝对速度V s获取第三时间TTC和第四时间TTW,其中,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000124
Obtain the third time TTC and the fourth time TTW according to the lateral relative velocity ΔV Ex , the relative position coordinates (x Ev , y Ev ) and the absolute velocity V s , where,
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000124
若相对位置纵坐标满足公式3,且第三时间和第四时间满足公式4,则确定自车在其当前位置有碰撞风险;若相对位置纵坐标不满足公式3,或第三时间和第四时间满足公式4,则确定自车在其当前位置没有碰撞风险;If the relative position ordinate satisfies formula 3, and the third time and fourth time satisfy formula 4, it is determined that the vehicle has a risk of collision at its current position; if the relative position ordinate does not satisfy formula 3, or the third time and fourth time When the time meets formula 4, it is determined that there is no risk of collision of the vehicle at its current position;
其中,公式3为:|y Ev|<ψ,公式4为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000125
a和b为常数,R 0为风险阈值,ψ为横向间距阈值,|y Ev|为自车与车辆E的横向间距。
Among them, the formula 3 is: |y Ev |<ψ, and the formula 4 is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000125
a and b are constants, R 0 is the risk threshold, ψ is the horizontal distance threshold, and |y Ev | is the horizontal distance between the own vehicle and the vehicle E.
在一个可行的实施例中,在判断自车在其当前位置是否有异常行车行为的方面,获取模块1301具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of judging whether the own vehicle has abnormal driving behavior at its current position, the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
判断自车在其当前位置是否有紧急制动行为或紧急转向行为;若自车在其当前位置有紧急制动行为或紧急转向行为,则确定自车的当前位置为行驶危险位置点;若自车在其当前位置没有紧急制动行为且没有紧急转向行为,则确定自车的当前位置为行驶安全位置点。Determine whether the own vehicle has an emergency braking behavior or an emergency steering behavior at its current position; if the own vehicle has an emergency braking behavior or an emergency steering behavior at its current position, the current position of the own vehicle is determined to be a dangerous driving position; If the vehicle has no emergency braking behavior and no emergency steering behavior at its current position, the current position of the vehicle is determined to be a safe driving position.
在一个可行的实施例中,在判断自车在其当前位置是否有紧急制动行为的方面,获取模块1301具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of determining whether the own vehicle has an emergency braking behavior at its current position, the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
获取自车在其当前位置的纵向加速度;若纵向加速度小于预设加速度,则确定自车在其当前位置有紧急制动行为;若纵向加速度不小于预设加速度,则确定自车在其当前位置 没有紧急制动行为。Obtain the longitudinal acceleration of the vehicle at its current position; if the longitudinal acceleration is less than the preset acceleration, determine that the vehicle has emergency braking at its current position; if the longitudinal acceleration is not less than the preset acceleration, determine that the vehicle is at its current position There is no emergency braking behavior.
在一个可行的实施例中,在判断自车在其当前位置是否有紧急转向行为的方面,获取模块1301具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of determining whether the own vehicle has an emergency steering behavior at its current position, the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
获取自车在其当前位置方向盘的转角速率;若方向盘的转角速率大于预设速率,则确定自车在其当前位置有紧急转向行为;若方向盘的转角速率不大于预设加速度,则确定自车在其当前位置没有紧急转向行为。Obtain the steering wheel rate of the own vehicle at its current position; if the steering wheel rate of rotation is greater than the preset rate, determine that the own vehicle has an emergency steering behavior at its current position; if the steering wheel rate of rotation is not greater than the preset acceleration, determine the own vehicle There is no emergency steering behavior at its current position.
在一个可行的实施例中,道路可行驶区域推理装置1300还包括保存模块1305;In a feasible embodiment, the road drivable area reasoning device 1300 further includes a storage module 1305;
确定模块1304,还用于在获取模块1301获取自车可行驶位置点之后,若自车在其当前位置沿着道路方向1行驶,则确定自车可行驶位置点为道路方向1上的可行驶位置点,保存模块1305,用于将道路方向1上的可行驶位置点保存至道路方向1侧的路侧单元中,其中,道路方向1上的可行驶位置点包括道路方向1上的行驶安全位置和道路方向1上的行驶风险位置;The determining module 1304 is also used for determining that the driving position point of the own vehicle is the driving position in the road direction 1 if the driving position point of the own vehicle is driving along the road direction 1 at its current position after the acquiring module 1301 acquires Location point, saving module 1305, used to save the drivable location point on the road direction 1 to the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1, where the drivable location point on the road direction 1 includes the driving safety in the road direction 1. Location and driving risk location on road direction 1;
确定模块1304,还用于若自车在其当前位置沿着道路方向2行驶,则确定自车可行驶位置点为道路方向2上的可行驶位置点,保存模块1305,用于将道路方向2上的可行驶位置点保存至道路方向2侧的路侧单元中,其中,道路方向2上的可行驶位置点包括道路方向1上的行驶安全位置和道路方向2上的行驶风险位置;其中,道路方向1和道路方向2为同一道路上相反的方向。The determination module 1304 is also used for determining that the vehicle can travel along the road direction 2 at its current position, and then determine the travelable location point of the vehicle as the travelable location point on the road direction 2, and the storage module 1305 is used to change the road direction 2 The drivable position points on the road side are saved to the roadside unit on the road direction 2 side, where the drivable position points on the road direction 2 include the safe driving position on the road direction 1 and the driving risk position on the road direction 2; wherein, Road direction 1 and road direction 2 are opposite directions on the same road.
在一个可行的实施例中,获取模块1301还用于:In a feasible embodiment, the obtaining module 1301 is also used to:
获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息。Get the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles.
在一个可行的实施例中,周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息包括同向可行驶位置点坐标和逆向可行驶位置点坐标,在获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息的方面,获取模块1301还用于:In a feasible embodiment, the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles includes the coordinates of the driving position point in the same direction and the coordinates of the driving position point in the reverse direction. In terms of obtaining the driving position point information of the surrounding vehicles, the acquisition module 1301 also uses in:
获取周围车辆中任一车辆A的行驶信息及自车的行驶信息,其中,车辆A的行驶信息包括相对位置坐标和纵向相对速度,自车的行驶信息包括绝对位置坐标、在行驶方向的绝对速度及车头朝向角度;根据自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及车辆A的相对位置坐标获取车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标;根据车辆A的纵向相对速度和自车绝对速度确定车辆A的可行驶位置点的类型;车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的类型包括逆向可行驶位置点坐标或同向可行驶位置点坐标;其中,相对位置坐标为在车辆坐标系下的坐标,车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为在世界坐标系下的坐标。Obtain the driving information of any vehicle A in the surrounding vehicles and the driving information of its own vehicle. Among them, the driving information of vehicle A includes relative position coordinates and longitudinal relative speed, and the driving information of own vehicle includes absolute position coordinates and absolute speed in the direction of travel. And the heading angle of the vehicle; according to the absolute position coordinates of the vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A, the coordinates of the vehicle A's driving position are obtained; according to the longitudinal relative speed of the vehicle A and the absolute speed of the vehicle, the vehicle A can be determined The type of the driving position point; the type of the driving position point coordinate of the vehicle A includes the reverse driving position point coordinate or the same direction driving position point coordinate; wherein, the relative position coordinate is the coordinate in the vehicle coordinate system, and the vehicle A The coordinates of the driving position point are the coordinates in the world coordinate system.
在一个可行的实施例中,在根据自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及车辆A的相对位置坐标获取车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的方面,获取模块1301还用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of acquiring the drivable position point coordinates of vehicle A according to the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of vehicle A, the acquiring module 1301 is further used to:
通过第四转换公式对自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及车辆A的相对位置坐标进行计算,以得到车辆A的绝对位置点坐标;Calculate the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A through the fourth conversion formula to obtain the absolute position point coordinates of the vehicle A;
其中,第四转换公式为:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000126
(x Av,y Av)为车辆A的相对位置坐标,(x Aw,y Aw)为车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标;
Among them, the fourth conversion formula is:
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000126
(x Av , y Av ) are the relative position coordinates of vehicle A, (x Aw , y Aw ) are the coordinates of the position where vehicle A can travel;
第三转换矩阵
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000127
(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻自车的绝对位置坐标, θ 0为当前时刻自车的车头朝向角度。
Third conversion matrix
Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-000127
(x 0 ,y 0 ) is the absolute position coordinate of the own vehicle at the current moment, and θ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment.
在一个可行的实施例中,在根据车辆A的纵向相对速度和绝对速度确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的类型的方面,获取模块1301还用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of determining the type of the vehicle A's drivable position point coordinates according to the longitudinal relative speed and absolute speed of the vehicle A, the acquiring module 1301 is also used to:
根据车辆A的纵向相对速度和绝对速度获取车辆A的纵向绝对速度;Obtain the longitudinal absolute speed of vehicle A according to the longitudinal relative speed and absolute speed of vehicle A;
若车辆A的纵向绝对速度大于预设速度阈值,则确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为同向可行驶位置点坐标;若车辆A的纵向绝对速度小于预设速度阈值,则确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为逆向可行驶位置点坐标。If the longitudinal absolute speed of vehicle A is greater than the preset speed threshold, the coordinates of the vehicle A can be driven position point are determined to be the same direction; if the longitudinal absolute speed of vehicle A is less than the preset speed threshold, the vehicle A's The coordinates of the driving position point are the coordinates of the driving position point in the reverse direction.
在一个可行的实施例中,确定模块1304,还用于若车辆A沿着道路方向1行驶,则确定车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为道路方向1上的坐标,保存模块1305,还用于将车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标保存至道路方向1侧的路侧单元中;In a feasible embodiment, the determining module 1304 is also used to determine if the vehicle A is driving along the road direction 1, the coordinates of the vehicle A's driving position point are the coordinates in the road direction 1, and the saving module 1305 is also used to Save the point coordinates of the vehicle A's driveable position to the roadside unit on the side of the road direction 1;
确定模块1304,还用于若车辆A沿着道路方向2行驶,则确定车道A的可行驶位置点为道路方向2上的坐标,保存模块1305,用于将车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标保存至道路方向2侧的路侧单元中;其中,道路方向1和道路方向2为同一道路上相反的两个方向。The determining module 1304 is also used to determine if the vehicle A travels along the road direction 2, the driveable position point of the lane A is the coordinate on the road direction 2, and the storage module 1305 is used to save the vehicle A's driveable position point coordinates To the roadside unit on the side of road direction 2; wherein, road direction 1 and road direction 2 are two opposite directions on the same road.
在一个可行的实施例中,在获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息的方面,获取模块1301具体用于:In a feasible embodiment, in terms of acquiring information about the drivable location points of surrounding vehicles, the acquiring module 1301 is specifically configured to:
从自车当前道路行驶方向侧的路侧单元或从云端信息平台中获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息。Obtain the driving position point information of surrounding vehicles from the roadside unit on the side of the current road driving direction of the vehicle or from the cloud information platform.
在一个可行的实施例中,确定模块1304还用于:In a feasible embodiment, the determining module 1304 is further configured to:
若第一区域覆盖ROI,则将第一区域确定为道路可行驶区域。If the first area covers the ROI, the first area is determined to be a drivable area on the road.
在一个可行的实施例中,确定模块1304还用于:In a feasible embodiment, the determining module 1304 is further configured to:
若第一区域和第三区域覆盖ROI,则将第一区域和第三区域确定为道路可行驶区域。If the first area and the third area cover the ROI, the first area and the third area are determined as the road drivable area.
需要说明的是,上述各单元(获取模块1301、校验模块1302、推理模块1303、确定模块1304和保存模块1305)用于执行上述方法的相关步骤。比如,获取模块1301用于执行步骤S701和S706的相关内容,校验模块1302用于执行步骤S702的相关内容,推理模块1303用于执行步骤S704和S706的相关内容,确定模块1304和保存模块1305用于执行S702-S706的相关内容。It should be noted that the above-mentioned units (the acquisition module 1301, the verification module 1302, the inference module 1303, the determination module 1304, and the storage module 1305) are used to execute the relevant steps of the above method. For example, the acquiring module 1301 is used to execute the relevant content of steps S701 and S706, the verification module 1302 is used to execute the relevant content of step S702, the inference module 1303 is used to execute the relevant content of steps S704 and S706, the determining module 1304 and the saving module 1305 Used to perform S702-S706 related content.
在本实施例中,道路可行驶区域推理装置1300是以模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。此外,以上获取模块1301、校验模块1302、推理模块1303和确定模块1304可通过图14所示的道路可行驶区域推理装置的处理器1401来实现。In this embodiment, the road drivable area reasoning device 1300 is presented in the form of a module. The "module" here can refer to application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), processors and memories that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions . In addition, the above acquisition module 1301, verification module 1302, inference module 1303, and determination module 1304 can be implemented by the processor 1401 of the road drivable area inference device shown in FIG. 14.
如图14所示道路可行驶区域推理装置1400可以以图14中的结构来实现,该道路可行驶区域推理装置1400包括至少一个处理器1401,至少一个存储器1402以及至少一个通信接口1403。所述处理器1401、所述存储器1402和所述通信接口1403通过所述通信总线连接并完成相互间的通信。As shown in FIG. 14, the road drivable area inference device 1400 can be implemented with the structure in FIG. 14. The road drivable area inference device 1400 includes at least one processor 1401, at least one memory 1402 and at least one communication interface 1403. The processor 1401, the memory 1402, and the communication interface 1403 are connected through the communication bus and complete mutual communication.
处理器1401可以是通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制以上方案程序执行的 集成电路。The processor 1401 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits used to control the execution of the above program programs.
通信接口1403,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(RAN),无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)等。The communication interface 1403 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access network (RAN), wireless local area network (Wireless Local Area Networks, WLAN), etc.
存储器1402可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过总线与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 1402 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions The dynamic storage device can also be Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM), CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this. The memory can exist independently and is connected to the processor through a bus. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,所述存储器1402用于存储执行以上方案的应用程序代码,并由处理器1401来控制执行。所述处理器1401用于执行所述存储器1402中存储的应用程序代码。Wherein, the memory 1402 is used to store application program codes for executing the above solutions, and the processor 1401 controls the execution. The processor 1401 is configured to execute application program codes stored in the memory 1402.
存储器1402存储的代码可执行以上提供的一种道路可行驶区域推理方法,比如:The code stored in the memory 1402 can execute the above-provided road drivable area reasoning method, such as:
获取感知可行驶区域;对感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,其中,第一区域为校验可靠的可行驶区域,第二区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域;若第一区域未覆盖感兴趣区域ROI,则根据可行驶区域感知记忆信息对第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域,第三区域为感知记忆区域与第二区域重叠的区域,第四区域为第二区域中感知记忆区域未覆盖的区域;若第一区域和第三区域未覆盖ROI,则根据可行驶位置点对第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域;第五区域为第四区域中的可行驶区域;将第一区域,第三区域和第五区域确定为道路可行驶区域。Obtain the perceived drivable area; perform verification on the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area, where the first area is the drivable area with reliable verification and the second area is the drivable area with unreliable verification Area; if the first area does not cover the area of interest ROI, the second area is inferred based on the perceptual memory information of the drivable area to obtain the third area and the fourth area, the third area is the perceptual memory area overlapping the second area The fourth area is the area not covered by the sensory memory area in the second area; if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the fourth area is inferred based on the driving position point to obtain the fifth area; The fifth area is a drivable area in the fourth area; the first area, the third area and the fifth area are determined as road drivable areas.
程序产品实施例:Examples of program products:
在一些实施例中,所公开的方法可以实施为以机器可读格式被编码在计算机可读存储介质上的或者被编码在其它非瞬时性介质或者制品上的计算机程序指令。图15示意性地示出根据这里展示的至少一些实施例而布置的示例计算机程序产品的概念性局部视图,所述示例计算机程序产品包括用于在计算设备上执行计算机进程的计算机程序。在一个实施例中,示例计算机程序产品1500是使用信号承载介质1501来提供的。所述信号承载介质1501可以包括一个或多个程序指令1502,其当被一个或多个处理器运行时可以提供以上针对图7描述的功能或者部分功能。因此,例如,参考图3中所示的实施例,方框302-306的一个或多个特征可以由与信号承载介质1501相关联的一个或多个指令来承担。此外,图15中的程序指令1502也描述示例指令。In some embodiments, the disclosed methods may be implemented as computer program instructions encoded on a computer-readable storage medium in a machine-readable format or encoded on other non-transitory media or articles. Figure 15 schematically illustrates a conceptual partial view of an example computer program product arranged in accordance with at least some of the embodiments shown herein, the example computer program product comprising a computer program for executing a computer process on a computing device. In one embodiment, the example computer program product 1500 is provided using a signal bearing medium 1501. The signal bearing medium 1501 may include one or more program instructions 1502, which, when executed by one or more processors, can provide the functions or part of the functions described above with respect to FIG. 7. Thus, for example, referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, one or more of the features of blocks 302-306 may be undertaken by one or more instructions associated with the signal bearing medium 1501. In addition, program instructions 1502 in FIG. 15 also describe example instructions.
在一些示例中,信号承载介质1501可以包含计算机可读介质1503,诸如但不限于,硬盘驱动器、紧密盘(CD)、数字视频光盘(DVD)、数字磁带、存储器、只读存储记忆体(Read-Only Memory,ROM)或随机存储记忆体(Random Access Memory,RAM)等等。在一些实施方式中,信号承载介质1501可以包含计算机可记录介质1504,诸如但不限于,存储器、读/写(R/W)CD、R/W DVD、等等。在一些实施方式中,信号承载介质1501可以包含通信介质1505,诸如但不限于,数字和/或模拟通信介质(例如,光纤电缆、波导、有线通信链路、无线通信链路、等等)。因此,例如,信号承载介质1501可以由无线形式的通 信介质1505(例如,遵守IEEE 802.11标准或者其它传输协议的无线通信介质)来传达。一个或多个程序指令1502可以是,例如,计算机可执行指令或者逻辑实施指令。在一些示例中,诸如针对图7描述的计算设备可以被配置为,响应于通过计算机可读介质1503、计算机可记录介质1504、和/或通信介质1505中的一个或多个传达到计算设,的程序指令1502,提供各种操作、功能、或者动作。应该理解,这里描述的布置仅仅是用于示例的目的。因而,本领域技术人员将理解,其它布置和其它元素(例如,机器、接口、功能、顺序、和功能组等等)能够被取而代之地使用,并且一些元素可以根据所期望的结果而一并省略。另外,所描述的元素中的许多是可以被实现为离散的或者分布式的组件的、或者以任何适当的组合和位置来结合其它组件实施的功能实体。In some examples, the signal-bearing medium 1501 may include a computer-readable medium 1503, such as, but not limited to, a hard disk drive, compact disk (CD), digital video compact disk (DVD), digital tape, memory, read-only storage memory (Read -Only Memory, ROM) or Random Access Memory (RAM), etc. In some embodiments, the signal bearing medium 1501 may include a computer recordable medium 1504, such as, but not limited to, memory, read/write (R/W) CD, R/W DVD, and so on. In some embodiments, the signal-bearing medium 1501 may include a communication medium 1505, such as, but not limited to, digital and/or analog communication media (eg, fiber optic cables, waveguides, wired communication links, wireless communication links, etc.). Therefore, for example, the signal bearing medium 1501 may be communicated by a wireless communication medium 1505 (for example, a wireless communication medium that complies with the IEEE 802.11 standard or other transmission protocols). The one or more program instructions 1502 may be, for example, computer-executable instructions or logic-implemented instructions. In some examples, a computing device such as that described with respect to FIG. 7 may be configured to, in response to communicating to the computing device via one or more of the computer readable medium 1503, the computer recordable medium 1504, and/or the communication medium 1505, The program instructions 1502 provide various operations, functions, or actions. It should be understood that the arrangement described here is for illustrative purposes only. Thus, those skilled in the art will understand that other arrangements and other elements (for example, machines, interfaces, functions, sequences, and functional groups, etc.) can be used instead, and some elements can be omitted altogether depending on the desired result . In addition, many of the described elements are functional entities that can be implemented as discrete or distributed components, or combined with other components in any appropriate combination and position.
需要说明的是,对于前述的各方法实施例,为了简单描述,故将其都表述为一系列的动作组合,但是本领域技术人员应该知悉,本发明并不受所描述的动作顺序的限制,因为依据本发明,某些步骤可以采用其他顺序或者同时进行。其次,本领域技术人员也应该知悉,说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施例,所涉及的动作和模块并不一定是本发明所必须的。It should be noted that for the foregoing method embodiments, for the sake of simple description, they are all expressed as a series of action combinations, but those skilled in the art should know that the present invention is not limited by the described sequence of actions. Because according to the present invention, certain steps can be performed in other order or simultaneously. Secondly, those skilled in the art should also know that the embodiments described in the specification are all preferred embodiments, and the involved actions and modules are not necessarily required by the present invention.
在上述实施例中,对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重,某个实施例中没有详述的部分,可以参见其他实施例的相关描述。In the above-mentioned embodiments, the description of each embodiment has its own focus. For parts that are not described in detail in an embodiment, reference may be made to related descriptions of other embodiments.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置,可通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed device may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integrate into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储器中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储器中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可为个人计算机、服务器或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储器包括:U盘、只读存储器(ROM,Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM,Random Access Memory)、移动硬盘、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable memory. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present invention essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a memory, A number of instructions are included to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present invention. The aforementioned memory includes: U disk, Read-Only Memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), Random Access Memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), mobile hard disk, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解上述实施例的各种方法中的全部或部分步骤是可以通过程序来指令相关的硬件来完成,该程序可以存储于一计算机可读存储器中,存储器可以包 括:闪存盘、只读存储器(英文:Read-Only Memory,简称:ROM)、随机存取器(英文:Random Access Memory,简称:RAM)、磁盘或光盘等。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the steps in the various methods of the above-mentioned embodiments can be completed by instructing relevant hardware through a program. The program can be stored in a computer-readable memory, and the memory can include: flash disk , Read-only memory (English: Read-Only Memory, abbreviation: ROM), random access device (English: Random Access Memory, abbreviation: RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc, etc.
以上对本发明实施例进行了详细介绍,本文中应用了具体个例对本发明的原理及实施方式进行了阐述,以上实施例的说明只是用于帮助理解本发明的方法及其核心思想;同时,对于本领域的一般技术人员,依据本发明的思想,在具体实施方式及应用范围上均会有改变之处,综上上述,本说明书内容不应理解为对本发明的限制。The embodiments of the present invention are described in detail above, and specific examples are used in this article to illustrate the principles and implementation of the present invention. The descriptions of the above embodiments are only used to help understand the methods and core ideas of the present invention; Those of ordinary skill in the art, based on the idea of the present invention, will have changes in the specific implementation and the scope of application. In summary, the content of this specification should not be construed as limiting the present invention.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种道路可行驶区域推理方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reasoning on a road drivable area, which is characterized in that it includes:
    获取感知可行驶区域;Obtain the perceived drivable area;
    对所述感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,其中,所述第一区域为校验可靠的可行驶区域,所述第二区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域;Perform verification on the perceived drivable area to obtain a first area and a second area, wherein the first area is a drivable area with reliable verification, and the second area is a drivable area with unreliable verification. area;
    若所述第一区域未覆盖感兴趣区域ROI,则根据可行驶区域感知记忆信息对所述第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域,所述第三区域为所述感知记忆区域与所述第二区域重叠的区域,所述第四区域为所述第二区域中所述感知记忆区域 覆盖的区域; If the first area does not cover the area of interest ROI, the second area is inferred based on the perceptual memory information of the drivable area to obtain the third area and the fourth area, and the third area is the perceptual memory region and the second region overlap region, the fourth region to the second region in the sensing region of the memory region that is not covered;
    若所述第一区域和所述第三区域未覆盖所述ROI,则根据可行驶位置点对所述第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域;所述第五区域为所述第四区域中的可行驶区域;If the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, the fourth area is inferred based on the drivable position point to obtain the fifth area; the fifth area is the fourth area The drivable area in
    将所述第一区域,第三区域和第五区域确定为道路可行驶区域。The first area, the third area and the fifth area are determined as road-driving areas.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对所述感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the verifying the perceived drivable area to obtain the first area and the second area comprises:
    判断所述感知可行驶区域的双侧道路边界是否存在;Determine whether there is a road boundary on both sides of the perceived drivable area;
    若确定所述感知可行驶区域的双侧道路边界存在,则对所述感知可行驶区域进行区域划分,以得到多个子区域;If it is determined that the two-sided road boundary of the perceived drivable area exists, then the perceptible drivable area is divided into areas to obtain multiple sub-areas;
    判断子区域I满足条件1-条件4中的每一项;若所述子区域I满足条件1-条件4中的每一项,则确定所述子区域I为校验可靠的子区域;若所述子区域I不满足条件1-条件4中的任一项,则确定子区域I为校验不可靠的区域;Determine that the subregion I satisfies each of the conditions 1 to 4; if the subregion I meets each of the conditions 1 to 4, determine that the subregion I is a subregion with reliable verification; if If the sub-area I does not meet any one of conditions 1 to 4, it is determined that the sub-area I is an area with unreliable verification;
    其中,所述子区域I为所述多个子区域中的任一个,所述第一区域为所述多个子区域中校验可靠的子区域构成的区域,所述第二区域为所述多个子区域中校验不可靠的子区域构成的区域。Wherein, the sub-region I is any one of the multiple sub-regions, the first region is an area formed by sub-regions with reliable verification among the multiple sub-regions, and the second region is the multiple sub-regions. The region is composed of sub-regions whose verification is unreliable.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述条件1-条件4分别为:The method according to claim 2, wherein the condition 1 to condition 4 are:
    条件1:所述子区域I的宽度满足以下条件:Condition 1: The width of the sub-region I satisfies the following conditions:
    k minW≤w i≤k maxW k min W≤w i ≤k max W
    其中,所述w i为所述子区域I的宽度,所述W根据可行驶区域经验宽度和可行驶区域记忆宽度确定; Wherein, the w i is the width of the sub-region I, and the W is determined according to the empirical width of the drivable area and the memory width of the drivable area;
    条件2:所述子区域I的边界与其相邻子区域的边界的夹角不大于第一预设角度;Condition 2: The angle between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the adjacent sub-region is not greater than the first preset angle;
    条件3:所述子区域I的边界与在当前时刻之前经校验的感知记忆区域的边界之间的距离不大于预设宽度;Condition 3: The distance between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than a preset width;
    条件4:所述子区域I中的可行驶位置点的比例大于预设比例。Condition 4: The ratio of the drivable position points in the sub-region I is greater than the preset ratio.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述感知记忆信息包括多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图及每个所述感知记忆栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值,所述根据感知记忆信息对所述第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the perceptual memory information includes perceptual memory grid maps at multiple historical moments and the perceptual memory grid maps of each perceptual memory grid map. The drivability value, inferring the second area according to the perceptual memory information to obtain the third area and the fourth area, includes:
    将所述多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图;Transforming the sensory memory grid maps of the multiple historical moments from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps;
    获取推理区域,所述推理区域为所述多个世界栅格地图与所述第二区域重叠的区域;Acquiring an inference area, where the inference area is an area where the multiple world grid maps overlap the second area;
    将所述推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图;Converting the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map;
    根据所述感知记忆栅格地图中栅格的可行驶能力值计算所述第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值;Calculating the drivability value of each grid in the first reasoning grid map according to the drivability value of the grid in the perceptual memory grid map;
    根据所述第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定所述第三区域和所述第四区域;所述第三区域为所述第一推理栅格地图中可行驶能力值大于第一阈值的栅格组成的区域;所述第四区域为所述第一推理栅格地图中可行驶能力值不大于所述第一阈值的栅格组成的区域。The third area and the fourth area are determined according to the drivability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area is the drivability in the first inference grid map An area composed of grids with a value greater than a first threshold; the fourth area is an area composed of grids with a drivability value not greater than the first threshold in the first inference grid map.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the perceptual memory grid maps of the multiple historical moments are respectively converted from the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple A grid map of the world, including:
    根据第一转换公式将所述多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到所述多个世界栅格地图;Convert the sensory memory grid maps of the multiple historical moments from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system respectively according to the first conversion formula to obtain the multiple world grid maps;
    其中,所述第一转换公式为:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100001
    其中,(x vt0,y vt0)为历史时刻t0所述感知记忆栅格地图内的任一可行驶位置点P在所述自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,(x wt0,y wt0)为所述可行驶位置点P在世界坐标系下的坐标,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100002
    为第一转换矩阵,
    Wherein, the first conversion formula is:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100001
    Where (x vt0 ,y vt0 ) is the coordinates of any drivable position P in the sensory memory grid map at historical time t0 in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, (x wt0 ,y wt0 ) is The coordinates of the drivable position point P in the world coordinate system, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100002
    Is the first conversion matrix,
    所述第一转换矩阵
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100003
    (x t0,y t0)为历史时刻t0自车在世界标系下的坐标,所述θ t0为历史时刻t0所述自车的车头朝向角度。
    The first conversion matrix
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100003
    (x t0 , y t0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the historical time t0 in the world standard system, and the θ t0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the historical time t0.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the converting the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map comprises:
    根据第二转换公式将所述推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到所述第一推理栅格地图;Converting the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment according to the second conversion formula to obtain the first inference grid map;
    其中,所述第二转换公式为:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100004
    (x wp,y wp)为所述推理区
    Wherein, the second conversion formula is:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100004
    (x wp ,y wp ) is the reasoning area
    域内任一可行驶位置点P’在世界坐标系下的坐标,(x vp,y vp)为所述可行驶位置点P’当前时刻在所述自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100005
    为第二转换矩阵;
    The coordinates of any drivable position point P'in the domain in the world coordinate system, (x vp , y vp ) are the coordinates of the drivable position point P’ in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle at the current moment, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100005
    Is the second conversion matrix;
    所述第二转换矩阵
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100006
    所述(x 0,y 0)为当前 时刻所述自车在世界坐标系下的坐标,所述θ 0为当前时刻所述自车的车头朝向角度。
    The second conversion matrix
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100006
    The (x 0 , y 0 ) is the coordinates of the own vehicle in the world coordinate system at the current moment, and the θ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment.
  7. 根据权利要求4-6任一项所述方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述感知记忆栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值计算所述第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值,包括:The method according to any one of claims 4-6, wherein the calculation of each grid in the first inference grid map according to the drivability value of each grid in the perceptual memory grid map The drivability value of the grid, including:
    对所述第一推理栅格地图中第p列第q行栅格对应的多个历史时刻的可行驶能力值进行加权求和,以得到所述第一推理栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值;所述多个历史时刻的可行驶能力值为所述第p列第q行栅格在所述多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图中对应的栅格的可行驶能力值;Perform a weighted summation of the drivability values of multiple historical moments corresponding to the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map to obtain the value of each grid in the first inference grid map The drivability value; the drivability value of the multiple historical moments is the drivability value of the corresponding grid in the perceptual memory grid map of the p-th column and the q-th row grid in the multiple historical moments ;
    其中,所述第一推理栅格地图中第p列第q行栅格的可行驶能力值为:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100007
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100008
    为在历史时刻t’的感知记忆栅格地图中对应的栅格的可行驶能力值,所述k' t'
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100009
    的权重。
    Wherein, the drivability value of the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map is:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100007
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100008
    As historic time t 'corresponding to the sensing grid map raster memory may driving capability value, the k' t 'is
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100009
    the weight of.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据可行驶位置点对所述第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the inferring the fourth area according to the drivable location point to obtain the fifth area comprises:
    从所述可行驶位置点中获取待推理位置点,所述待推理位置点为位于所述第四区域与所述ROI重叠的区域中的可行驶位置点;Acquiring a to-be-inferred position point from the drivable position point, where the to-be-inferred position point is a drivable position point located in an area where the fourth area overlaps the ROI;
    将所述待推理位置点的坐标从世界坐标系下转换到自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到待推理可行驶区域,所述待推理可行驶区域为在所述自车的车辆坐标系下的待推理位置点构成的区域;The coordinates of the location point to be inferred are converted from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle to obtain the driveable area to be inferred, and the driveable area to be inferred is in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle The area constituted by the location points to be inferred;
    对所述待推理可行驶区域进行栅格划分,以得到第二推理栅格地图;Grid division of the driving area to be inferred to obtain a second inference grid map;
    根据所述第二推理栅格地图中每个栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算所述每个栅格的可行驶能力值;Calculating the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map;
    根据所述每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定所述第五区域,所述第五区域为在所述第二推理栅格地图内可行驶能力值大于第二阈值的栅格所组成的区域。The fifth area is determined according to the drivability value of each grid, where the fifth area is an area composed of grids with drivability values greater than a second threshold in the second inference grid map .
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述待推理位置点的坐标从世界坐标系下转换到自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到待推理可行驶区域,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the converting the coordinates of the location point to be inferred from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle to obtain the driveable area to be inferred comprises:
    根据第三转换公式将所述待推理位置点的坐标进行转换,以得到所述待推理可行驶区域;Convert the coordinates of the location point to be inferred according to the third conversion formula to obtain the driveable area to be inferred;
    其中,所述第三转换公式为:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100010
    其中,(x dw,y dw)为所述待推理位置点中任一待推理位置点D在世界坐标系下的坐标,(x dv,y dv)为所述待推理位置点D在所述自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100011
    为第二转换矩阵,
    Wherein, the third conversion formula is:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100010
    Wherein, (x dw , y dw ) is the coordinates of any position point D to be inferred in the world coordinate system, (x dv , y dv ) is the position point D to be inferred in the The coordinates in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100011
    Is the second conversion matrix,
    所述第二转换矩阵
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100012
    所述(x 0,y 0)为当前 时刻所述自车在世界坐标系下的坐标,所述θ 0为当前时刻所述自车的车头朝向角度。
    The second conversion matrix
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100012
    The (x 0 , y 0 ) is the coordinates of the own vehicle in the world coordinate system at the current moment, and the θ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二推理栅格地图中每个栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算所述每个栅格的可行驶能力值,包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the calculation of the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map ,include:
    根据所述第二推理栅格地图中的第i列第j行栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算得到不同时刻的可行驶能力值;Calculate the drivability value at different moments according to the drivable position point information in the i-th column and j-th row grid in the second inference grid map;
    对不同时刻的可行驶能力值进行加权求和,以得到第i列第j行栅格的可行驶能力值;Perform a weighted summation of the drivability values at different moments to obtain the drivability value of the grid in the i-th column and j-th row;
    其中,所述第i列第j行栅格的可行驶能力值为
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100013
    为t时刻的可行驶能力值,k t为所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100014
    的权重,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100015
    Wherein, the drivability value of the grid in the i-th column and the j-th row is
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100013
    Is the drivability value at time t, k t is the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100014
    The weight of the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100015
    所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100016
    为所述第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的同向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100017
    为所述第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的逆向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100018
    为所述第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶安全位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100019
    为所述第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶危险位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100020
    为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的同向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100021
    为所述第j行栅格内t时刻获取的逆向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100022
    为所述第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶安全位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100023
    为所述第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶危险位置点的数量。
    Said
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100016
    Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles traveling in the same direction acquired at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100017
    Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles in the reverse direction obtained at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100018
    Is the number of self-driving safe position points acquired at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100019
    Is the number of dangerous location points of the self-driving vehicle obtained at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100020
    Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles traveling in the same direction acquired at time t in the j-th grid, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100021
    Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles in the reverse direction acquired at time t in the j-th grid, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100022
    Is the number of safe driving position points obtained at time t in the j-th grid, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100023
    Is the number of dangerous location points of the self-driving vehicle acquired at time t in the j-th grid.
  11. 根据权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述可行驶位置点包括自车可行驶位置点,所述根据可行驶位置点信息对所述第四区域进行推理之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-10, wherein the drivable position point comprises a self-vehicle drivable position point, and before inferring the fourth area based on the drivable position point information, The method also includes:
    获取所述自车可行驶位置点,所述自车可行驶位置点信息包括行驶安全位置点和行驶风险位置点;其中,所述获取所述自车可行驶位置点,包括:Acquiring the driving position point of the own vehicle, and the driving position point information of the own vehicle includes a driving safety position point and a driving risk position point; wherein, acquiring the driving position point of the own vehicle includes:
    判断自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式是否为手动驾驶模式;若所述自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式为手动驾驶模式,则确定所述自车的当前位置点为所述行驶安全位置点;Determine whether the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual driving mode; if the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual driving mode, determine that the current position of the own vehicle is the safe driving position point ;
    若所述自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式为自动驾驶模式,则判断所述自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险或异常行驶行车行为;若确定所述自车在其当前位置没有碰撞风险且没有异常行车行为,则确定所述自车的当前位置点为所述行驶安全位置点;若确定所述自车在其当前位置有碰撞风险或异常行车行为,则确定所述自车的当前位置点为行驶危险位置点。If the driving mode of the self-vehicle at its current position is the automatic driving mode, determine whether the self-vehicle has a risk of collision or abnormal driving behavior at its current position; if it is determined that the self-vehicle has no risk of collision at its current position If there is no abnormal driving behavior, the current position of the own vehicle is determined to be the safe driving position; if it is determined that the own vehicle has a collision risk or abnormal driving behavior at its current position, then the current position of the own vehicle is determined The location point is a dangerous location point for driving.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述判断所述自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险,包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the judging whether the own vehicle has a collision risk at its current position comprises:
    获取所述自车与车辆E的行驶方向夹角θ;所述车辆E为所述自车的周围车辆;Obtain the angle θ between the driving direction of the own vehicle and the vehicle E; the vehicle E is the surrounding vehicles of the own vehicle;
    若所述夹角θ大于第二预设角度,则采用相交模式风险判别方法确定所述自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险;If the included angle θ is greater than the second preset angle, adopt an intersection mode risk judgment method to determine whether the self-vehicle has a collision risk at its current position;
    若所述夹角θ不大于所述第二预设角度,则采用追尾模式风险判别方法确定所述自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险。If the included angle θ is not greater than the second preset angle, a rear-end collision mode risk determination method is adopted to determine whether the own vehicle has a collision risk at its current position.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述可行驶位置点包括周围车辆的可行驶位置点,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the drivable location point comprises a drivable location point of surrounding vehicles, and the method further comprises:
    获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息,所述周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息包括同向可行驶位置点坐标和逆向可行驶位置点坐标,Acquire the drivable position point information of the surrounding vehicles, where the drivable position point information of the surrounding vehicles includes the coordinates of the driving position point in the same direction and the coordinates of the driving position point in the reverse direction,
    所述获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息,包括:The obtaining information of the driving position points of surrounding vehicles includes:
    获取周围车辆中任一车辆A的行驶信息及自车的行驶信息,其中,所述车辆A的行驶信息包括相对位置坐标和纵向相对速度,所述自车的行驶信息包括绝对位置坐标、在行驶方向的绝对速度及车头朝向角度;Acquire driving information of any vehicle A in the surrounding vehicles and driving information of its own vehicle, wherein the driving information of the vehicle A includes relative position coordinates and longitudinal relative speed, and the driving information of the own vehicle includes absolute position coordinates, The absolute speed of the direction and the heading angle of the car;
    根据所述自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及所述车辆A的相对位置坐标获取所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标;Obtaining the coordinates of the driving position point of the vehicle A according to the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A;
    根据所述车辆A的纵向相对速度和所述自车绝对速度确定所述车辆A的可行驶位置点的类型;所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的类型包括逆向可行驶位置点坐标或同向可行驶位置点坐标;The type of the drivable position point of the vehicle A is determined according to the longitudinal relative speed of the vehicle A and the absolute speed of the own vehicle; the type of the drivable position point coordinate of the vehicle A includes the reverse drivable position point coordinate or the same Point coordinates to the driving position;
    其中,所述相对位置坐标为在所述车辆坐标系下的坐标,所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为在所述世界坐标系下的坐标。Wherein, the relative position coordinates are coordinates in the vehicle coordinate system, and the drivable position point coordinates of the vehicle A are coordinates in the world coordinate system.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及所述车辆A的相对位置坐标获取所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标,包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the obtaining the coordinates of the drivable position of the vehicle A according to the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A comprises :
    通过第四转换公式对所述自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及所述车辆A的相对位置坐标进行计算,以得到所述车辆A的绝对位置点坐标;Calculate the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A through a fourth conversion formula to obtain the absolute position point coordinates of the vehicle A;
    其中,第四转换公式为:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100024
    (x Av,y Av)为所述车辆A的相对位置坐标,(x Aw,y Aw)为所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标;
    Among them, the fourth conversion formula is:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100024
    (x Av , y Av ) are the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A, and (x Aw , y Aw ) are the coordinates of the driving position point of the vehicle A;
    第三转换矩阵
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100025
    所述(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻所述自车的绝对位置坐标,所述θ 0为当前时刻所述自车的车头朝向角度。
    Third conversion matrix
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100025
    The (x 0 , y 0 ) is the absolute position coordinate of the own vehicle at the current moment, and the θ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述车辆A的纵向相对速度和所述绝对速度确定所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的类型,包括:The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the determining the type of the vehicle A's position point coordinates according to the longitudinal relative speed and the absolute speed of the vehicle A comprises:
    根据所述车辆A的纵向相对速度和所述绝对速度获取所述车辆A的纵向绝对速度;Acquiring the longitudinal absolute speed of the vehicle A according to the longitudinal relative speed of the vehicle A and the absolute speed;
    若所述车辆A的纵向绝对速度大于预设速度阈值,则确定所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为所述同向可行驶位置点坐标;If the longitudinal absolute speed of the vehicle A is greater than the preset speed threshold, determining that the vehicle A can drive position point coordinates are the same direction can drive position point coordinates;
    若所述车辆A的纵向绝对速度小于所述预设速度阈值,则确定所述车辆A的可行驶位 置点坐标为所述逆向可行驶位置点坐标。If the longitudinal absolute speed of the vehicle A is less than the preset speed threshold, it is determined that the vehicle A can travel position point coordinates as the reverse travel possible position point coordinates.
  16. 一种道路可行驶区域推理装置,其特征在于,包括:A reasoning device for road drivable area, characterized in that it comprises:
    获取模块,用于获取感知可行驶区域;The acquisition module is used to acquire the perceived drivable area;
    校验模块,用于对所述感知可行驶区域进行校验,以得到第一区域和第二区域,其中,所述第一区域为校验可靠的可行驶区域,所述第二区域为校验不可靠的可行驶区域;The verification module is used for verifying the perceived drivable area to obtain a first area and a second area, wherein the first area is a travelable area with reliable verification, and the second area is a school Unreliable driving area;
    推理模块,用于若所述第一区域未覆盖感兴趣区域ROI,则根据可行驶区域感知记忆信息对所述第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域,所述第三区域为所述感知记忆区域与所述第二区域重叠的区域,所述第四区域为所述第二区域中所述感知记忆区域无法覆盖的区域;The reasoning module is configured to, if the first region does not cover the region of interest ROI, perform inference on the second region according to the perceptual memory information of the drivable region to obtain the third region and the fourth region, the third region Is an area where the sensory memory area overlaps the second area, and the fourth area is an area in the second area that the sensory memory area cannot cover;
    所述推理模块,还用于若所述第一区域和所述第三区域未覆盖所述ROI,则根据可行驶位置点对所述第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域;所述第五区域为所述第四区域中的可行驶区域;The inference module is further configured to, if the first area and the third area do not cover the ROI, perform inference on the fourth area according to the driving position point to obtain the fifth area; The fifth area is the drivable area in the fourth area;
    确定模块,用于将所述第一区域,第三区域和第五区域确定为道路可行驶区域。The determining module is used to determine the first area, the third area, and the fifth area as road-drivable areas.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的装置,其特征在于,所述校验模块具体用于:The device according to claim 16, wherein the verification module is specifically configured to:
    判断所述感知可行驶区域的双侧道路边界是否存在;Determine whether there is a road boundary on both sides of the perceived drivable area;
    若确定所述感知可行驶区域的双侧道路边界存在,则对所述感知可行驶区域进行区域划分,以得到多个子区域;If it is determined that the two-sided road boundary of the perceived drivable area exists, then the perceptible drivable area is divided into areas to obtain multiple sub-areas;
    判断子区域I满足条件1-条件4中的每一项;若所述子区域I满足条件1-条件4中的每一项,则确定所述子区域I为校验可靠的子区域;若所述子区域I不满足条件1-条件4中的任一项,则确定子区域I为校验不可靠的区域;Determine that the subregion I satisfies each of the conditions 1 to 4; if the subregion I meets each of the conditions 1 to 4, determine that the subregion I is a subregion with reliable verification; if If the sub-area I does not meet any one of conditions 1 to 4, it is determined that the sub-area I is an area with unreliable verification;
    其中,所述子区域I为所述多个子区域中的任一个,所述第一区域为所述多个子区域中校验可靠的子区域构成的区域,所述第二区域为所述多个子区域中校验不可靠的子区域构成的区域。Wherein, the sub-region I is any one of the multiple sub-regions, the first region is an area formed by sub-regions with reliable verification among the multiple sub-regions, and the second region is the multiple sub-regions. The region is composed of sub-regions whose verification is unreliable.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述条件1-条件4分别为:The device according to claim 17, wherein the conditions 1 to 4 are:
    条件1:所述子区域I的宽度满足以下条件:Condition 1: The width of the sub-region I satisfies the following conditions:
    k minW≤w i≤k maxW k min W≤w i ≤k max W
    其中,所述w i为所述子区域I的宽度,所述W根据可行驶区域经验宽度和可行驶区域记忆宽度确定; Wherein, the w i is the width of the sub-region I, and the W is determined according to the empirical width of the drivable area and the memory width of the drivable area;
    条件2:所述子区域I的边界与其相邻子区域的边界的夹角不大于第一预设角度;Condition 2: The angle between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the adjacent sub-region is not greater than the first preset angle;
    条件3:所述子区域I的边界与在当前时刻之前经校验的感知记忆区域的边界之间的距离不大于预设宽度;Condition 3: The distance between the boundary of the sub-region I and the boundary of the perceptual memory area verified before the current moment is not greater than a preset width;
    条件4:所述子区域I中的可行驶位置点的比例大于预设比例。Condition 4: The ratio of the drivable position points in the sub-region I is greater than the preset ratio.
  19. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述感知记忆信息包括多 个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图及每个所述感知记忆栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值,在根据感知记忆信息对所述第二区域进行推理,以得到第三区域和第四区域的方面,所述推理模块具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 16-18, wherein the perceptual memory information comprises perceptual memory grid maps of a plurality of historical moments and the perceptual memory grid maps of each perceptual memory grid map. The drivability value, in terms of inferring the second area based on the perceptual memory information to obtain the third area and the fourth area, the inference module is specifically configured to:
    将所述多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图;Transforming the sensory memory grid maps of the multiple historical moments from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple world grid maps;
    获取推理区域,所述推理区域为所述多个世界栅格地图与所述第二区域重叠的区域;Acquiring a reasoning area, where the reasoning area is an area where the multiple world grid maps overlap the second area;
    将所述推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图;Converting the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map;
    根据所述感知记忆栅格地图中栅格的可行驶能力值计算所述第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值;Calculating the drivability value of each grid in the first reasoning grid map according to the drivability value of the grid in the perceptual memory grid map;
    根据所述第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定所述第三区域和所述第四区域;所述第三区域为所述第一推理栅格地图中可行驶能力值大于第一阈值的栅格组成的区域;所述第四区域为所述第一推理栅格地图中可行驶能力值不大于所述第一阈值的栅格组成的区域。The third area and the fourth area are determined according to the drivability value of each grid in the first inference grid map; the third area is the drivability in the first inference grid map An area composed of grids with a value greater than a first threshold; the fourth area is an area composed of grids with a drivability value not greater than the first threshold in the first inference grid map.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,在将所述多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到多个世界栅格地图的方面,所述推理模块具体用于:The device according to claim 19, wherein the sensory memory grid maps of the multiple historical moments are respectively converted from the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system to obtain multiple Regarding the world grid map, the reasoning module is specifically used for:
    根据第一转换公式将所述多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图分别从其历史时刻自车的车辆坐标系下转换到世界坐标系下,以得到所述多个世界栅格地图;Convert the sensory memory grid maps of the multiple historical moments from the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the historical moment to the world coordinate system respectively according to the first conversion formula to obtain the multiple world grid maps;
    其中,所述第一转换公式为:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100026
    其中,(x vt0,y vt0)为历史时刻t0所述感知记忆栅格地图内的任一可行驶位置点P在所述自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,(x wt0,y wt0)为所述可行驶位置点P在世界坐标系下的坐标,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100027
    为第一转换矩阵,所述第一转换矩阵
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100028
    (x t0,y t0)为历史时刻t0自车在世界标系下的坐标,所述θ t0为历史时刻t0所述自车的车头朝向角度。
    Wherein, the first conversion formula is:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100026
    Where (x vt0 ,y vt0 ) is the coordinates of any drivable position P in the sensory memory grid map at historical time t0 in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, (x wt0 ,y wt0 ) is The coordinates of the drivable position point P in the world coordinate system, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100027
    Is the first conversion matrix, the first conversion matrix
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100028
    (x t0 , y t0 ) are the coordinates of the vehicle at the historical time t0 in the world standard system, and the θ t0 is the heading angle of the vehicle at the historical time t0.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,在将所述推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到第一推理栅格地图的方面,所述推理模块具体用于:The device according to claim 20, characterized in that, in the aspect of transforming the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment to obtain the first inference grid map, the inference area The module is specifically used for:
    根据第二转换公式将所述推理区域从世界坐标系下转换到当前时刻自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到所述第一推理栅格地图;Converting the inference area from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the vehicle at the current moment according to the second conversion formula to obtain the first inference grid map;
    其中,所述第二转换公式为:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100029
    (x wp,y wp)为所述推理区域内任一可行驶位置点P’在世界坐标系下的坐标,(x vp,y vp)为所述可行驶位置点P’当前时刻在所述自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100030
    为第二转换矩阵;
    Wherein, the second conversion formula is:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100029
    (x wp ,y wp ) is the coordinates of any drivable position point P'in the inference area in the world coordinate system, (x vp ,y vp ) is the drivable position point P'at the current moment The coordinates in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100030
    Is the second conversion matrix;
    所述第二转换矩阵
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100031
    所述(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻所述自车在世界坐标系下的坐标,所述θ 0为当前时刻所述自车的车头朝向角度。
    The second conversion matrix
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100031
    The (x 0 , y 0 ) is the coordinates of the own vehicle in the world coordinate system at the current moment, and the θ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment.
  22. 根据权利要求19-21任一项所述装置,其特征在于,在根据所述感知记忆栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值计算所述第一推理栅格地图内每个栅格的可行驶能力值的方面,所述推理模块具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 19-21, wherein each grid in the first inference grid map is calculated according to the drivability value of each grid in the perceptual memory grid map In terms of the drivability value of, the reasoning module is specifically used for:
    对所述第一推理栅格地图中第p列第q行栅格对应的多个历史时刻的可行驶能力值进行加权求和,以得到所述第一推理栅格地图中每个栅格的可行驶能力值;所述多个历史时刻的可行驶能力值为所述第p列第q行栅格在所述多个历史时刻的感知记忆栅格地图中对应的栅格的可行驶能力值;Perform a weighted summation of the drivability values of multiple historical moments corresponding to the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map to obtain the value of each grid in the first inference grid map The drivability value; the drivability value of the multiple historical moments is the drivability value of the corresponding grid in the perceptual memory grid map of the p-th column and the q-th row grid in the multiple historical moments ;
    其中,所述第一推理栅格地图中第p列第q行栅格的可行驶能力值为:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100032
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100033
    为在历史时刻t’的感知记忆栅格地图中对应的栅格的可行驶能力值,所述k' t'
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100034
    的权重。
    Wherein, the drivability value of the grid in the p-th column and the q-th row in the first inference grid map is:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100032
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100033
    As historic time t 'corresponding to the sensing grid map raster memory may driving capability value, the k' t 'is
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100034
    the weight of.
  23. 根据权利要求16-22任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据可行驶位置点对所述第四区域进行推理,以得到第五区域的方面,所述推理模块具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 16-22, wherein, in terms of inferring the fourth area according to the drivable position point to obtain the fifth area, the inference module is specifically configured to:
    从所述可行驶位置点中获取待推理位置点,所述待推理位置点为位于所述第四区域与所述ROI重叠的区域中的可行驶位置点;Acquiring a to-be-inferred position point from the drivable position point, where the to-be-inferred position point is a drivable position point located in an area where the fourth area overlaps the ROI;
    将所述待推理位置点的坐标从世界坐标系下转换到自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到待推理可行驶区域,所述待推理可行驶区域为在所述自车的车辆坐标系下的待推理位置点构成的区域;The coordinates of the location point to be inferred are converted from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle to obtain the driveable area to be inferred, and the driveable area to be inferred is in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle The area constituted by the location points to be inferred;
    对所述待推理可行驶区域进行栅格划分,以得到第二推理栅格地图;Grid division of the driving area to be inferred to obtain a second inference grid map;
    根据所述第二推理栅格地图中每个栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算所述每个栅格的可行驶能力值;Calculating the drivability value of each grid according to the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map;
    根据所述每个栅格的可行驶能力值确定所述第五区域,所述第五区域为在所述第二推理栅格地图内可行驶能力值大于第二阈值的栅格所组成的区域。The fifth area is determined according to the drivability value of each grid, where the fifth area is an area composed of grids with drivability values greater than a second threshold in the second inference grid map .
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,在将所述待推理位置点的坐标从世界坐标系下转换到自车的车辆坐标系下,以得到待推理可行驶区域的方面,所述推理模块具体用于:The device according to claim 23, characterized in that, in the aspect of transforming the coordinates of the location point to be inferred from the world coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle to obtain the travelable area to be inferred, The reasoning module is specifically used for:
    根据第三转换公式将所述待推理位置点的坐标进行转换,以得到所述待推理可行驶区域;Convert the coordinates of the location point to be inferred according to the third conversion formula to obtain the driveable area to be inferred;
    其中,所述第三转换公式为:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100035
    其中,(x dw,y dw)为所述待推理位置点中任一待推理位置点D在世界坐标系下的坐标,(x dv,y dv)为所述待推理位 置点D在所述自车的车辆坐标系下的坐标,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100036
    为第二转换矩阵,
    Wherein, the third conversion formula is:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100035
    Wherein, (x dw , y dw ) is the coordinates of any position point D to be inferred in the world coordinate system, (x dv , y dv ) is the position point D to be inferred in the The coordinates in the vehicle coordinate system of the own vehicle, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100036
    Is the second conversion matrix,
    所述第二转换矩阵
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100037
    所述(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻所述自车在世界坐标系下的坐标,所述θ 0为当前时刻所述自车的车头朝向角度。
    The second conversion matrix
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100037
    The (x 0 , y 0 ) is the coordinates of the own vehicle in the world coordinate system at the current moment, and the θ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment.
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据所述第二推理栅格地图中每个栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算所述每个栅格的可行驶能力值的方面,所述推理模块具体用于:The device according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the calculation of the drivability value of each grid based on the drivable position point information in each grid in the second inference grid map On the one hand, the reasoning module is specifically used for:
    根据所述第二推理栅格地图中的第i列第j行栅格内的可行驶位置点信息计算得到不同时刻的可行驶能力值;Calculate the drivability value at different moments according to the drivable position point information in the i-th column and j-th row grid in the second inference grid map;
    对不同时刻的可行驶能力值进行加权求和,以得到第i列第j行栅格的可行驶能力值;Perform a weighted summation of the drivability values at different moments to obtain the drivability value of the grid in the i-th column and j-th row;
    其中,所述第i列第j行栅格的可行驶能力值为
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100038
    为t时刻的可行驶能力值,k t为所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100039
    的权重,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100040
    Wherein, the drivability value of the grid in the i-th column and the j-th row is
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100038
    Is the drivability value at time t, k t is the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100039
    The weight of the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100040
    所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100041
    为所述第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的同向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100042
    为所述第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的逆向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100043
    为所述第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶安全位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100044
    为所述第i列第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶危险位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100045
    为第j行栅格内t时刻获取的同向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100046
    为所述第j行栅格内t时刻获取的逆向行驶的周围车辆可行驶位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100047
    为所述第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶安全位置点的数量,所述
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100048
    为所述第j行栅格内t时刻获取的自车行驶危险位置点的数量。
    Said
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100041
    Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles traveling in the same direction obtained at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row, and
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100042
    Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles in the reverse direction obtained at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100043
    Is the number of self-driving safe position points acquired at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100044
    Is the number of dangerous location points of the self-driving vehicle obtained at time t in the grid of the i-th column and the j-th row, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100045
    Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles traveling in the same direction acquired at time t in the j-th grid, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100046
    Is the number of travelable location points of surrounding vehicles in the reverse direction obtained at time t in the j-th grid, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100047
    Is the number of safe driving position points obtained at time t in the j-th grid, the
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100048
    Is the number of dangerous location points of the self-driving vehicle acquired at time t in the j-th grid.
  26. 根据权利要求16-25任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述可行驶位置点包括自车可行驶位置点,所述获取模块还用于:The device according to any one of claims 16-25, wherein the drivable position point comprises a self-driving position point, and the acquisition module is further configured to:
    在根据可行驶位置点信息对所述第四区域进行推理之前,获取所述自车可行驶位置点,所述自车可行驶位置点信息包括行驶安全位置点和行驶风险位置点;Before inferring the fourth area based on the driving position point information, acquiring the driving position point of the own vehicle, where the driving position point information of the own vehicle includes safe driving position points and driving risk position points;
    其中,所述获取所述自车可行驶位置点,包括:Wherein, the acquiring the driving position point of the self-vehicle includes:
    判断自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式是否为手动驾驶模式;若所述自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式为手动驾驶模式,则确定所述自车的当前位置点为所述行驶安全位置点;Determine whether the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual driving mode; if the driving mode of the own vehicle at its current position is manual driving mode, determine that the current position of the own vehicle is the safe driving position point ;
    若所述自车在其当前位置的驾驶模式为自动驾驶模式,则判断所述自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险或异常行驶行车行为;若确定所述自车在其当前位置没有碰撞风险且没有异常行车行为,则确定所述自车的当前位置点为所述行驶安全位置点;若确定所述自车在 其当前位置有碰撞风险或异常行车行为,则确定所述自车的当前位置点为行驶危险位置点。If the driving mode of the self-vehicle at its current position is the automatic driving mode, determine whether the self-vehicle has a risk of collision or abnormal driving behavior at its current position; if it is determined that the self-vehicle has no risk of collision at its current position If there is no abnormal driving behavior, the current position of the own vehicle is determined to be the safe driving position; if it is determined that the own vehicle has a collision risk or abnormal driving behavior at its current position, then the current position of the own vehicle is determined The location point is a dangerous location point for driving.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,在判断所述自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险的方面,所述获取模块具体用于:The device according to claim 26, wherein, in terms of determining whether the own vehicle has a collision risk at its current position, the acquisition module is specifically configured to:
    获取所述自车与车辆E的行驶方向夹角θ;所述车辆E为所述自车的周围车辆;Obtain the angle θ between the driving direction of the own vehicle and the vehicle E; the vehicle E is the surrounding vehicles of the own vehicle;
    若所述夹角θ大于第二预设角度,则采用相交模式风险判别方法确定所述自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险;If the included angle θ is greater than the second preset angle, adopt an intersection mode risk judgment method to determine whether the self-vehicle has a collision risk at its current position;
    若所述夹角θ不大于所述第二预设角度,则采用追尾模式风险判别方法确定所述自车在其当前位置是否有碰撞风险。If the included angle θ is not greater than the second preset angle, a rear-end collision mode risk determination method is adopted to determine whether the own vehicle has a collision risk at its current position.
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述可行驶位置点包括周围车辆的可行驶位置点,所述获取模块还用于:The device according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the drivable location points include drivable location points of surrounding vehicles, and the acquisition module is further configured to:
    获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息,所述周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息包括同向可行驶位置点坐标和逆向可行驶位置点坐标,Acquire the drivable position point information of the surrounding vehicles, where the drivable position point information of the surrounding vehicles includes the coordinates of the driving position point in the same direction and the coordinates of the driving position point in the reverse direction,
    在获取周围车辆的可行驶位置点信息的方面,所述获取模块还用于:In terms of obtaining information about the driving position points of surrounding vehicles, the obtaining module is further used for:
    获取周围车辆中任一车辆A的行驶信息及自车的行驶信息,其中,所述车辆A的行驶信息包括相对位置坐标和纵向相对速度,所述自车的行驶信息包括绝对位置坐标、在行驶方向的绝对速度及车头朝向角度;Acquire driving information of any vehicle A in the surrounding vehicles and driving information of its own vehicle, wherein the driving information of the vehicle A includes relative position coordinates and longitudinal relative speed, and the driving information of the own vehicle includes absolute position coordinates, The absolute speed of the direction and the heading angle of the car;
    根据所述自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及所述车辆A的相对位置坐标获取所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标;Obtaining the coordinates of the driving position point of the vehicle A according to the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A;
    根据所述车辆A的纵向相对速度和所述自车绝对速度确定所述车辆A的可行驶位置点的类型;所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的类型包括逆向可行驶位置点坐标或同向可行驶位置点坐标;The type of the drivable position point of the vehicle A is determined according to the longitudinal relative speed of the vehicle A and the absolute speed of the own vehicle; the type of the drivable position point coordinate of the vehicle A includes the reverse drivable position point coordinate or the same Point coordinates to the driving position;
    其中,所述相对位置坐标为在所述车辆坐标系下的坐标,所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为在所述世界坐标系下的坐标。Wherein, the relative position coordinates are coordinates in the vehicle coordinate system, and the drivable position point coordinates of the vehicle A are coordinates in the world coordinate system.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据所述自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及所述车辆A的相对位置坐标获取所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的方面,所述获取模块还用于:The device according to claim 28, characterized in that, in terms of obtaining the coordinates of the driving position point of the vehicle A based on the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A, The acquisition module is also used for:
    通过第四转换公式对所述自车的绝对位置坐标、车头朝向角度及所述车辆A的相对位置坐标进行计算,以得到所述车辆A的绝对位置点坐标;Calculate the absolute position coordinates of the own vehicle, the heading angle of the vehicle, and the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A through a fourth conversion formula to obtain the absolute position point coordinates of the vehicle A;
    其中,第四转换公式为:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100049
    (x Av,y Av)为所述车辆A的相对位置坐标,(x Aw,y Aw)为所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标;
    Among them, the fourth conversion formula is:
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100049
    (x Av , y Av ) are the relative position coordinates of the vehicle A, and (x Aw , y Aw ) are the coordinates of the driving position point of the vehicle A;
    第三转换矩阵
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100050
    所述(x 0,y 0)为当前时刻所述自车的绝对位置坐标,所述θ 0为当前时刻所述自车的车头朝向角度。
    Third conversion matrix
    Figure PCTCN2020098642-appb-100050
    The (x 0 , y 0 ) is the absolute position coordinate of the own vehicle at the current moment, and the θ 0 is the heading angle of the own vehicle at the current moment.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据所述车辆A的纵向相对速度和所述绝对速度确定所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标的类型的方面,所述获取模块还用于:The device according to claim 28 or 29, wherein, in terms of determining the type of the vehicle A's drivable position point coordinates according to the longitudinal relative speed of the vehicle A and the absolute speed, the acquisition module Also used for:
    根据所述车辆A的纵向相对速度和所述绝对速度获取所述车辆A的纵向绝对速度;Acquiring the longitudinal absolute speed of the vehicle A according to the longitudinal relative speed of the vehicle A and the absolute speed;
    若所述车辆A的纵向绝对速度大于预设速度阈值,则确定所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为所述同向可行驶位置点坐标;If the longitudinal absolute speed of the vehicle A is greater than the preset speed threshold, determining that the vehicle A can drive position point coordinates are the same direction can drive position point coordinates;
    若所述车辆A的纵向绝对速度小于所述预设速度阈值,则确定所述车辆A的可行驶位置点坐标为所述逆向可行驶位置点坐标。If the longitudinal absolute speed of the vehicle A is less than the preset speed threshold, it is determined that the vehicle A can drive position point coordinates as the reverse direction drive position point coordinates.
PCT/CN2020/098642 2019-06-29 2020-06-28 Reasoning method for road drivable region and device WO2021000800A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910584332.1 2019-06-29
CN201910584332.1A CN112230642B (en) 2019-06-29 2019-06-29 Road travelable area reasoning method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021000800A1 true WO2021000800A1 (en) 2021-01-07

Family

ID=74100314

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/098642 WO2021000800A1 (en) 2019-06-29 2020-06-28 Reasoning method for road drivable region and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN115291596A (en)
WO (1) WO2021000800A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113200039A (en) * 2021-06-09 2021-08-03 广州小鹏智慧充电科技有限公司 Parking-based road generation method and device, vehicle and readable medium
CN114485658A (en) * 2021-12-08 2022-05-13 上海智能网联汽车技术中心有限公司 Device and method for precision evaluation of roadside sensing system
CN114643984A (en) * 2022-05-20 2022-06-21 阿里巴巴达摩院(杭州)科技有限公司 Driving risk avoiding method, device, equipment, medium and product
CN114820971A (en) * 2022-05-05 2022-07-29 吉林大学 Graphical expression method for describing complex driving environment information
US20220341739A1 (en) * 2021-04-27 2022-10-27 Hyundai Motor Company Apparatus for generating route of autonomous driving vehicle and method for offering service by autonomous driving vehicle
CN115877429A (en) * 2023-02-07 2023-03-31 安徽蔚来智驾科技有限公司 Positioning method and device for automatic driving vehicle, storage medium and vehicle
WO2023093306A1 (en) * 2021-11-24 2023-06-01 上海安亭地平线智能交通技术有限公司 Vehicle lane change control method and apparatus, electronic device, and storage medium

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113189610A (en) * 2021-04-28 2021-07-30 中国科学技术大学 Map-enhanced autonomous driving multi-target tracking method and related equipment
CN113420698A (en) * 2021-06-18 2021-09-21 北京盈迪曼德科技有限公司 Robot-based environment identification method and device
CN113470217B (en) * 2021-07-13 2023-01-24 合肥工业大学 Vehicle track extraction and analysis system based on monocular camera
CN114185340B (en) * 2021-11-15 2024-04-23 广州文远知行科技有限公司 Obstacle position abnormality detection method and device
CN115273541B (en) * 2022-06-21 2023-08-15 深蓝汽车科技有限公司 Safety improvement method and system for L2-level automatic driving system

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101469997A (en) * 2007-12-27 2009-07-01 爱信艾达株式会社 Navigation apparatus and computer program
EP2282293A1 (en) * 2009-07-08 2011-02-09 Valeo Vision Method for determining a region of interest in an image
CN107622684A (en) * 2017-09-14 2018-01-23 华为技术有限公司 Information transferring method, traffic control unit and board units
CN107749193A (en) * 2017-09-12 2018-03-02 华为技术有限公司 Drive risk analysis and risk data sending method and device
CN109690649A (en) * 2016-09-05 2019-04-26 日产自动车株式会社 Vehicle travel control method and controlling device for vehicle running
CN109919144A (en) * 2019-05-15 2019-06-21 长沙智能驾驶研究院有限公司 Drivable region detection method, device, computer storage medium and drive test visual apparatus

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102009045661A1 (en) * 2009-10-14 2011-04-21 Robert Bosch Gmbh Method for determining at least one passable area in the environment of a motor vehicle that is relevant in particular for the vehicle guidance
JP2014010797A (en) * 2012-07-03 2014-01-20 Murata Mach Ltd Autonomous traveling device
CN109117690A (en) * 2017-06-23 2019-01-01 百度在线网络技术(北京)有限公司 Drivable region detection method, device, equipment and storage medium
CN108985194B (en) * 2018-06-29 2022-06-10 华南理工大学 Intelligent vehicle travelable area identification method based on image semantic segmentation

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101469997A (en) * 2007-12-27 2009-07-01 爱信艾达株式会社 Navigation apparatus and computer program
EP2282293A1 (en) * 2009-07-08 2011-02-09 Valeo Vision Method for determining a region of interest in an image
CN109690649A (en) * 2016-09-05 2019-04-26 日产自动车株式会社 Vehicle travel control method and controlling device for vehicle running
CN107749193A (en) * 2017-09-12 2018-03-02 华为技术有限公司 Drive risk analysis and risk data sending method and device
CN107622684A (en) * 2017-09-14 2018-01-23 华为技术有限公司 Information transferring method, traffic control unit and board units
CN109919144A (en) * 2019-05-15 2019-06-21 长沙智能驾驶研究院有限公司 Drivable region detection method, device, computer storage medium and drive test visual apparatus

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220341739A1 (en) * 2021-04-27 2022-10-27 Hyundai Motor Company Apparatus for generating route of autonomous driving vehicle and method for offering service by autonomous driving vehicle
CN113200039A (en) * 2021-06-09 2021-08-03 广州小鹏智慧充电科技有限公司 Parking-based road generation method and device, vehicle and readable medium
CN113200039B (en) * 2021-06-09 2024-02-02 广州小鹏智慧充电科技有限公司 Road generation method and device based on parking, vehicle and readable medium
WO2023093306A1 (en) * 2021-11-24 2023-06-01 上海安亭地平线智能交通技术有限公司 Vehicle lane change control method and apparatus, electronic device, and storage medium
CN114485658A (en) * 2021-12-08 2022-05-13 上海智能网联汽车技术中心有限公司 Device and method for precision evaluation of roadside sensing system
CN114820971A (en) * 2022-05-05 2022-07-29 吉林大学 Graphical expression method for describing complex driving environment information
CN114820971B (en) * 2022-05-05 2023-06-09 吉林大学 Graphical expression method for describing complex driving environment information
CN114643984A (en) * 2022-05-20 2022-06-21 阿里巴巴达摩院(杭州)科技有限公司 Driving risk avoiding method, device, equipment, medium and product
CN115877429A (en) * 2023-02-07 2023-03-31 安徽蔚来智驾科技有限公司 Positioning method and device for automatic driving vehicle, storage medium and vehicle
CN115877429B (en) * 2023-02-07 2023-07-07 安徽蔚来智驾科技有限公司 Positioning method and device for automatic driving vehicle, storage medium and vehicle

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112230642A (en) 2021-01-15
CN115291596A (en) 2022-11-04
CN112230642B (en) 2022-01-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021000800A1 (en) Reasoning method for road drivable region and device
US20210262808A1 (en) Obstacle avoidance method and apparatus
CN110379193B (en) Behavior planning method and behavior planning device for automatic driving vehicle
US20220379920A1 (en) Trajectory planning method and apparatus
US20220332348A1 (en) Autonomous driving method, related device, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2022001773A1 (en) Trajectory prediction method and apparatus
WO2021102955A1 (en) Path planning method for vehicle and path planning apparatus for vehicle
WO2022021910A1 (en) Vehicle collision detection method and apparatus, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2021212379A1 (en) Lane line detection method and apparatus
WO2021196879A1 (en) Method and device for recognizing driving behavior of vehicle
CN112512887B (en) Driving decision selection method and device
WO2022062825A1 (en) Vehicle control method, device, and vehicle
WO2022051951A1 (en) Lane line detection method, related device, and computer readable storage medium
WO2022016901A1 (en) Method for planning driving route of vehicle, and intelligent vehicle
US20230048680A1 (en) Method and apparatus for passing through barrier gate crossbar by vehicle
CN113525373A (en) Lane changing control system and method for vehicle
CN113968242B (en) Automatic driving scene generation method, device and system
US20220309806A1 (en) Road structure detection method and apparatus
WO2021254000A1 (en) Method and device for planning vehicle longitudinal motion parameters
WO2021159397A1 (en) Vehicle travelable region detection method and detection device
WO2022001432A1 (en) Method for inferring lane, and method and apparatus for training lane inference model
US20230256970A1 (en) Lane Change Track Planning Method and Apparatus
WO2022127502A1 (en) Control method and device
WO2021097823A1 (en) Method and device for use in determining vehicle traversable space

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20834325

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20834325

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1